-
1 εγένετο
-
2 ἐγένετο
-
3 'γένεθ'
ἐγένετο, γίγνομαιcome into a new state of being: aor ind mid 3rd sg -
4 γίνομαι
γίνομαι (in the form γίγνομαι [s. below] Hom.+; as γίν. since Aristot.+; and s. Kühner-Bl. II p. 391; Schwyzer I 215; KBrugmann4-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 126; Mayser p. 165 and lit. there). Impf. ἐγινόμην; fut. γενήσομαι; 2 aor. ἐγενόμην, 3 sg. opt. γένοιτο; very rare v.l. (B-D-F §81, 3) γενάμενος (GJs 6:1; 16;1; 25:1 [s. deStrycker 249]; also found in Ps.-Callisth. 1, 20, 1; 1, 41, 11; ApcEsdr 1:3 p. 24, 7 Tdf.; Mel., P. 49, 346 [Bodm.]). Pass.: fut. ptc. τῶν γενηθησομένων (Eccl 1:11 v.l.); 1 aor. ἐγενήθην (Doric, H. Gk.; Phryn. 108 Lob.; pap fr. III B.C., Mayser I/22 ’38, 157f [w. lit.]; ins [Schweizer 181; Nachmanson 168; Thieme 13]; LXX), impv. γενηθήτω; pf. γεγένημαι (Meisterhans3-Schw.: Att. ins since 376 B.C.; Mayser 391) uncontested use in NT only J 2:9; GJs 24:3 (γεγένν-pap); apolog. On pf. γέγονα s. Meisterhans3-Schw.: since 464 B.C.; Mayser 372; on the aoristic use of γέγονα s. Mlt. 145f; 238; 239; PChantraine, Histoire du parfait grec 1927, 233–45; 3 pl. γέγοναν Ro 16:7 (v.l. γεγόνασιν) and Rv 21:6; s. KBuresch, Γέγοναν: RhM 46, 1891, 193ff; Mlt. 52 n.; ptc. γεγονώς; plpf. 3 sg. ἐγεγόνει (1 Macc. 4:27; 2 Macc. 13:17; J 6:17; Just.), without augment γεγόνει (Ac 4:22; v.l. ἐγεγόνει), s. B-D-F §78; Mlt-H. 190. On the variation γίνομαι and γίγνομαι s. W-S. §5, 31; B-D-F §34, 4; Mlt-H. 108. A verb with numerous nuances relating to being and manner of being. Its contrast to the more static term εἰμί can be seen in Kaibel 595, 5 οὐκ ἤμην καὶ ἐγενόμην=I was not and then I came to be (cp. Ath. 4, 2 in 3 below).① to come into being through process of birth or natural production, be born, be produced (SIG 1168, 6; Epict. 2, 17, 8; Wsd 7:3; Sir 44:9; Just., A I, 13, 3; Tat. 26, 2) J 8:58; w. ἔκ τινος foll. (Diod S 3, 64, 1; Appian, Basil. 5 §1; Parthenius 1, 4; Athen. 13, 37 p. 576c ἐξ ἑταίρας; PPetr III, 2, 20; PFlor 382, 38 ὁ ἐξ ἐμοῦ γενόμενος υἱός; 1 Esdr 4:16; Tob 8:6; Jos., Ant. 2, 216) Ro 1:3; Gal 4:4 (cp. 1QS 11:21). Also of plants 1 Cor 15:37. Of fruits ἔκ τινος be produced by a tree Mt 21:19 (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 13 ὁ ἐκ τ. χώρας γιγνόμενος σῖτος). W. ἀπό τινος foll. Ox 1081 (SJCh), 11 γε̣[ινόμε]νον, 14 γέγ[ονος], 14f γε[ι]νομεν[ον], 19 γέγονος.② to come into existence, be made, be created, be manufactured, be performedⓐ gener. ὸ̔ γέγονεν J 1:3c (s. ref. to Vawter, below); w. διά τινος vs. 3a (MTeschendorf, D. Schöpfungsged. im NT: StKr 104, ’32, 337–72). W. χωρίς τινος vs. 3b (IAndrosIsis, Cyrene 15 [103 A.D.] Ἐμοῦ δὲ χωρὶς γείνετʼ οὐδὲν πώποτε; Cleanthes, Hymn to Zeus 15 [Stoic. I 537=Coll. Alex. no. 1 p. 227] οὐδέ τι γίγνεται ἔργον σοῦ δίχα; note the related style 1QH 1:20; on the syntax of J 1:3f see BVawter, CBQ 25, ’63, 401–6, who favors a full stop after οὐδὲ ἕν, s. εἷς 2b and lit. cited there on J 1:3). W. ἔκ τινος Hb 11:3. Of cult images διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι made w. hands Ac 19:26 (cp. PRyl 231, 3 [40 A.D.] τοὺς ἄρτους γενέσθαι). Of miracles: be done, take place (Tob 11:15; Wsd 19:13 v.l. Swete) Mt 11:20f, 23; Lk 10:13; Ac 8:13. ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο on whom this miracle had been performed 4:22. W. mention of the author διά τινος (cp. 4 Macc 17:11) 2:43; 4:16, 30; 12:9; 24:2. διὰ τῶν χειρῶν τινος Mk 6:2; Ac 14:3. ὑπό τινος (Herodian 8, 4, 2; OGI 168, 46 [115 B.C.] τὰ γεγονότα ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς φιλάνθρωπα; UPZ III, 3, 7 [116 B.C.]; PTebt 786, 14 [II B.C.]; Wsd 9:2; Jos., Ant. 8, 111; 347; Just., D. 35, 8 τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ [Jesus] καὶ νῦν γινομένων δυνάμεων) Lk 9:7 v.l.; 13:17; 23:8; Eph 5:12. Of commands, instructions be fulfilled, performed γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου thy will be done (Appian, Liby. 90 §423 τὸ πρόσταγμα δεῖ γενέσθαι; Syntipas p. 25, 3 γενέσθω τὸ αἴτημα) Mt 6:10; 26:42; Lk 11:2; cp. 22:42. γέγονεν ὸ̔ ἐπέταξας your order has been carried out 14:22. γενέσθαι τὸ αἴτημα αὐτῶν that their demand should be granted 23:24. Of institutions: be established, the Sabbath for the sake of humans Mk 2:27 (Crates, Ep. 24 οὐ γεγόνασιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τ. ἵππων χάριν, ἀλλʼ οἱ ἵπποι τ. ἀνθρώπων).ⓑ w. mention of the special nature of an undertaking: ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί in order to have such action taken in my case 1 Cor 9:15. ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ τί γένηται; what will be done when it (the wood) is dry? Lk 23:31.③ come into being as an event or phenomenon from a point of origin, arise, come about, develop (Alcaeus 23 Diehl2 [320 L-P.] καί κʼ οὐδὲν ἐκ δένος γένοιτο=nothing could originate from nothing; Ath. 4:2 τὸ ὸ̓ν οὐ γίνεται ἀλλὰ τὸ μὴ ὸ̓ν)ⓐ of events or phenomena in nature (Sir 40:10; Ex 10:22; Job 40:23; Jos., Ant. 9, 36): lightning, thunder (X., An. 3, 1, 11) J 12:29; Rv 8:5; 11:19; calm (on the sea) Mt 8:26; Mk 4:39; Lk 8:24; storm Mk 4:37; a cloud (cp. Jos., Ant. 9, 36) 9:7; Lk 9:34; Hv 4, 3, 7; flood Lk 6:48; earthquake (Parian Marbles [III B.C.]=FGrH: 239B, 24) Mt 8:24; 28:2; Ac 16:26; Rv 6:12; 11:13; 16:18; darkness Mt 27:45; Mk 15:33; Lk 23:44; J 6:17; hail, fire Rv 8:7. Of a dawning day ὅτε δὲ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο (cp. περὶ ἀρχομένην ἡμέραν ‘about dawn’ Jos., Vi 15: in a related story of shipwreck) Ac 27:39.ⓑ of other occurrences (Arrian, Anab. 4, 4, 3 τὰ ἱερὰ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο=the sacrifice did not turn out [favorably]; 1 Macc 1:25; 4:58; 9:27; 13:44; Jdth 7:29; 14:19 al.): complaining Ac 6:1; persecution, oppression Mt 13:21; 24:21; Mk 4:17; 13:19; Ac 11:19; discussion J 3:25; Ac 15:7; tumult Mt 26:5; 27:24; GJs 21:1 and 25:1; a sound Ac 2:2, 6; weeping 20:37; clamor 23:9; Mt 25:6; AcPl Ha 4, 6; famine Lk 4:25; 15:14; Ac 11:28; ὁρμή (q.v.) 14:5; war Rv 12:7; sharp contention Ac 15:39; tear (in a garment) Mt 9:16; Mk 2:21; Lk 6:49; silence (s. σιγή) Ac 21:40; Rv 8:1; στάσις (q.v. 2) Lk 23:19; Ac 15:2; 23:7, 10; concourse 21:30; confusion 19:23; shout, loud voice 2:6; 19:34; Rv 11:15; dispute Lk 22:24; envy, strife 1 Ti 6:4; astonishment AcPl Ha 4, 25; joy 6, 3; prayer 6, 7; offering 6, 37.ⓒ of the various divisions of a day (Jdth 13:1; 1 Macc 5:30; 4 Macc 3:8 al.) γενομένης ἡμέρας when day came (Jos., Ant. 10, 202, Vi. 405) Lk 4:42; Ac 12:18; 16:35; 23:12; cp. Lk 6:13; 22:66; Ac 27:29, 33, 39. Difft. Mk 6:21 γενομένης ἡμέρας εὐκαίρου when a convenient/opportune day arrived. ὀψέ (cp. Gen 29:25; 1 Km 25:37) 11:19. ὀψίας γενομένης Mt 8:16; 14:15, 23; 16:2; 26:20; 27:57; Mk 1:32; 6:47; 14:17; 15:42; cp. J 6:16. πρωί̈ας Mt 27:1; J 21:4. νύξ Ac 27:27. ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης when it had grown late Mk 6:35; cp. 15:33; Lk 22:14; Ac 26:4.④ to occur as process or result, happen, turn out, take place (Dicaearch., Fgm. 102 W.: a campaign ‘takes place’; Diod S 32 Fgm. 9c τὰς εἰς τ. πατέρα γεγενημένας ἁμαρτίας=the misdeeds ‘perpetrated’ against his father; 2 Macc 1:32; 13:17; 3 Macc 1:11; 4:12; 5:17 al.)ⓐ gener. τοῦτο ὅλον γέγονεν all this took place w. ἵνα foll. Mt 1:22; 26:56. ἕως ἂν πάντα γένηται until all has taken place (=is past) 5:18. πάντα τὰ γενόμενα everything that had happened (cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 121 §508 τὰ γενόμενα; 1 Esdr 1:10; Jdth 15:1; 1 Macc 4:20; 2 Macc 10:21; 3 Macc 1:17) 18:31; cp. 21:21; 24:6, 20, 34; 26:54; 27:54; 28:11; Mk 5:14. ἴδωμεν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο τὸ γεγονός let us see this thing that has taken place Lk 2:15 (TestAbr A 15 p. 96, 15 [Stone p. 40]) θανάτου γενομένου since a death has occurred, i.e. since he has died Hb 9:15. τούτου γενομένου after this had happened (Jos., Ant. 9, 56; 129) Ac 28:9. τὸ γεγονός what had happened (Diod S 12, 49, 4; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 18 §496; Jos., Ant. 14, 292) Lk 8:34; 24:12. τὰ γεγονότα AcPl Ha 11, 1.—μὴ γένοιτο strong negation, in Paul only after rhet. questions (cp. TestJob 38:1; JosAs 25:8; Epict., index p. 540e; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 1, 2, Dial. Meretr. 13, 4; Achilles Tat. 5, 18, 4; Aristaen., Ep. 1, 27) by no means, far from it, God forbid (Goodsp., Probs., 88; AMalherbe, HTR 73, ’80, 231–41) Lk 20:16; Ro 3:4, 6, 31; 6:2, 15; 7:7, 13; 9:14; 11:1, 11; 1 Cor 6:15; Gal 2:17; 3:21. In more extensive phrasing (the LXX has exx. only of this usage: Gen 44:17; 3 Km 20:3 al.; cp. Josh 22:29; Demosth. 10, 27; Alciphron 2, 5, 3 al.; Ael. Aristid. 23, 80 K.=42 p. 795 D.; 30 p. 578 D.; 54 p. 679 ὸ̔ μὴ γένοιτο) Gal 6:14; w. ἵνα foll. AcPl Ha 7, 40. τί γέγονεν ὅτι (cp. Eccl 7:10) why is it that J 14:22.—Of festivals: be held, take place, come (X., Hell. 7, 4, 28 τὰ Ὀλύμπια; 4, 5, 1; 4 Km 23:22f; 2 Macc 6:7) feast of dedication J 10:22; passover Mt 26:2; sabbath Mk 6:2; wedding J 2:1.—Abs. impv. (put twice for emphasis as Lucian, Pisc. 1 βάλλε, βάλλε; Philostrat., Ep. 35, 1 λάβε λάβε; Procop. Soph., Ep. 45) γενηθήτω γενηθήτω so let it be as a closing formula 1 Cor 16:24 v.l. (cp. Herodas 4, 85, where the sacristan closes his prayer to Asclepius with the words: ὧδε ταῦτʼ εἴη=so may it be).—On γένοιτο ἀμήν GJs 6:2 s. ἀμήν 1a.ⓑ w. dat. of pers. affectedα. w. inf. foll. (UPZ 24, 29 al.; 1 Macc 13:5; Jos., Ant. 6, 232) ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι so that he would not have to lose time Ac 20:16.β. w. adv. or adv. phrase added (1 Esdr 6:33) κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν according to your faith let it be done to you, i.e. you believe, and you won’t be disappointed Mt 9:29; cp. 8:13. γένοιτό μοι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου may that happen to me as you have said Lk 1:38. πῶς ἐγένετο τῷ δαιμονιζομένῳ what had happened to the possessed man Mk 5:16. ἵνα εὖ σοι γένηται that it may be well w. you Eph 6:3 (Dt 5:16; cp. Epict. 2, 5, 29 εὖ σοι γένοιτο; Aelian, VH 9, 36). γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done for you as you desire, i.e. your wish is granted Mt 15:28.γ. w. nom. of thing (1 Macc 4:25; Sir 51:17; Ar. 15:5) γίνεταί τινί τι someth. happens to or befalls a person Mk 9:21. ἵνα μὴ χεῖρόν σοί τι γένηται lest someth. worse come upon you J 5:14. τί ἐγένετο αὐτῷ what has happened to him Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1, 23; AcPl Ha 5, 20). τὸ γεγενημένον αὐτῷ Ac 3:10 D. ἐγίνετο πάσῃ ψυχῄ φόβος fear came upon everyone (cp. Tob 11:18) 2:43. λύπη AcPl Ha 6, 16. Freq. γέγονε ἐμοί τι someth. has come to me= I have someth.: πώρωσις τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γέγονεν a hardening (of heart) has befallen Israel Ro 11:25; σωτηρία τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γεγένηται GJs 19:2; cp. Lk 19:9; διὰ τὴν ὀπτασίαν τὴν γενομένην Παύλῳ AcPl Ha 3, 15; ἐὰν γένηταί τινι ἀνθρώπῳ ἑκατὸν πρόβατα if a man has a hundred sheep Mt 18:12. τοῖς ἔξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται those outside receive everything in parables Mk 4:11. μήποτε γένηται ἀνταπόδομά σοι that you may receive no repayment Lk 14:12; cp. 19:9; J 15:7; 1 Cor 4:5.ⓒ w. gen. of pers. (Diod S 16, 64, 2 τὸν τῆς Ἑλένης γεγενημένον ὅρμον=the necklace that had belonged to Helen): ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν the kingdom of the world has come into the possession of our Lord Rv 11:15.ⓓ γίνεταί τι ἐπί τινι someth. happens in the case of or to a person Mk 5:33 v.l.; ἐν v.l. This can also be expressed w. εἴς τινα Ac 28:6 or the double nom. τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο what had become of Peter 12:18 (cp. Jos., Vi. 296 οἱ εἴκοσι χρυσοῖ τὶ γεγόνασιν).ⓔ w. inf. foll., to emphasize the actual occurrence of the action denoted by the verb: ἐὰν γένηται εὑρεῖν αὐτό if it comes about that he finds it= if he actually finds it Mt 18:13 (s. PCatt V, 19f [=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 372 V] ἐὰν γένηταί με ἀποδημεῖν; PAmh 135, 10; BGU 970, 5). ἐγένετο αὐτὸν παραπορεύεσθαι he happened to be passing Mk 2:23; cp. Lk 6:1, 6. ἐγένετο ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανόν just then the heaven opened Lk 3:21; cp. 16:22 (ἐν τῷ ἀποθανεῖν P75); Ac 4:5; 9:3, 32, 37, 43; 11:26; 14:1; 16:16; 19:1; 21:1, 5; 22:6, 17; 27:44; 28:8 (UPZ 62, 29 [161 B.C.] γίνεται γὰρ ἐντραπῆναι).ⓕ καὶ ἐγένετο (ἐγένετο δέ) periphrastic like וַיְהִי with וַ foll. to indicate the progress of the narrative; it is followed either by a conjunction like ὅτε, ὡς etc., or a gen. abs., or a prepositional constr., and joined to it is a finite verb w. καί (Jdth 5:22; 10:1; Sus 19 Theod.; 1 Macc 1:1; 5:1; Gen 39:7, 13, 19; 42:35; JosAs 11:1; 22:1; AscIs 3:2) Mt 9:10; Mk 2:15 v.l.; Lk 2:15; 5:1, 12, 17; 8:1, 22; 14:1.—Without the second καί (Jdth 2:4; 12:10; 13:12; 1 Macc 6:8; 7:2 v.l.; 9:23; Sus 28 Theod.; Bel 18 Theod.; TestAbr B 1 p. 105, 1 [Stone p. 58] and 6 p. 109, 27 [Stone p. 66]; TestJob 31:1; JosAs 1:1; 3:1) Mt 7:28; 11:1; 13:53; 19:1; 26:1; Mk 1:9; 4:4; Lk 1:8, 23, 41, 59; 2:1, 6, 46; 6:12 al. At times it is followed by an inf. The phrase is usually omitted in translation; older versions transl. it came to pass.—Mlt. 16f; MJohannessohn, Das bibl. καὶ ἐγένετο u. s. Geschichte: ZVS 53, 1926, 161–212 (LXX); s. MDibelius, Gnomon 3, 1927, 446–50; HPernot, Études sur la langue des Évangiles 1927, 189–99; KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 29–62; JReiling, BT 16, ’65, 153–63; EDelebecque, Études grecques sur l’Évangile de Luc ’76, 123–65.⑤ to experience a change in nature and so indicate entry into a new condition, become someth.ⓐ w. nouns (Lamellae Aur. Orphicae ed. AOlivieri 1915, p. 16, 5 θεὸς ἐγένου ἐξ ἀνθρώπου [IV/III]; Arrian, Anab. 5, 26, 5; Sir 51:2; 1 Esdr 4:26; Wsd 8:2; 4 Macc 16:6; En 103:11; Tat. 19, 2 τοῦ θανάτου καταφρονηταὶ γίνεσθε): ὅπως γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν that you may become sons of your father Mt 5:45; ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων I will turn you into fishers of people Mk 1:17; a traitor Lk 6:16; friends 23:12 (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 121); children of God J 1:12; children of light 12:36; a Christian Ac 26:29; apostle AcPlCor 2:4; a father Ro 4:18; a fool 1 Cor 3:18; a spectacle 4:9; a man, an adult 13:11 (Tob 1:9); a curse Gal 3:13. οὐχ ἑαυτὸν ἐδόξασεν γενηθῆναι ἀρχιερέα he did not exalt himself to be made high priest Hb 5:5; ἐγένετο ἀντὶ αὐτοῦ Σαμουήλ Samuel became (high priest) in his place GJs 10:2. W. double nom. (Ps.-Apollod., Epit. 3, 15 δράκων λίθος ἐγένετο; Quint. Smyrn. 12, 507; Bel 28; 4 Macc 18:7) οἱ λίθοι ἄρτοι γίνονται the stones turn into loaves Mt 4:3. τὸ αἵμα αὐτοῦ λίθον γεγενημένον GJs 24:3. ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο J 1:14 (the reverse PBerl 13044, col. III, 28ff [UWilcken, SBBerlAk 1923, 161f] τί ποιῶν ἄν τις γένοιτο θεός;). τὸ ὕδωρ γενήσεται πηγή 4:14. ἡ περιτομὴ ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν Ro 2:25. ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ διάκονος I became a courier Col 1:23 (cp. Herodian 2, 6, 8 ἀνὴρ ἔπαρχος γενόμενος).—Also γ. εἴς τι (Menand., Peric. 49f Kö. [169f S.] τὸ κακὸν εἰς ἀγαθὸν ῥέπει γινόμενον; 1 Km 4:9; Jdth 5:18; 1 Macc 2:11, 43; 3:58; En 19:2 al.; B-D-F §145, 1): ἐγένετο εἰς δένδρον it became a tree Lk 13:19; εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας Mt 21:42; Mk 12:10; Lk 20:17; Ac 4:11; 1 Pt 2:7 (all in ref. to Ps 117:22); εἰς χαρὰν γ. change (or, turn) into joy J 16:20. εἰς οὐδέν come to nothing Ac 5:36. εἰς παγίδα Ro 11:9 (Ps 68:23); εἰς κενὸν γ. be done in vain 1 Th 3:5. εἰς ἄψινθον Rv 8:11. Cp. AcPl Ha 6, 6. Also w. γίνεσθαι omitted: εἰς κατάκριμα (sc. ἐγένετο τὸ κρίμα) Ro 5:18.ⓑ used w. an adj. to paraphrase the passive (Jdth 11:11; 1 Esdr 7:3; 2 Macc 3:34; Sus 64 Theod.; En 103:9; Ath. 37, 1 πάντων ὑποχειρίων γιγνομένων): ἁπαλὸν γ. become tender Mt 24:32; Mk 13:28; ἀπειθῆ γ. Ac 26:19; ἀποσυνάγωγον γ. be expelled fr. the synagogue J 12:42; ἄφαντον γ. disappear Lk 24:31; σκωληκόβρωτον γ. be eaten by worms Ac 12:23; γνωστόν, φανερὸν γ. become known (Just., A I, 63, 6) Mk 6:14; Ac 1:19; 9:42; 19:17; 1 Cor 3:13; 14:25; Phil 1:13; δόκιμον γ. pass the test Js 1:12; ἑδραῖον γ. 1 Cor 15:58; ἔκδηλον γ. 2 Ti 3:9; AcPlCor 1:16; ἔξυπνον γ. Ac 16:27 (1 Esdr 3:3=Jos., Ant. 11:34); s. ἀπόπληκτος, ἐλεύθερος, ἐμφανής, ἔμφοβος, ἐνεργής, ἔντρομος, καθαρός, μέγας, περιδάκρυτος, περικρατής, πλήρης, πρηνής, τυφλός, ὑγιής, ὑπήκοος, ὑπόδικος, φανερός 1.ⓒ w. ἐν of a state of being (Stoic. III 221, 16; Diod S 20, 62, 4 ἐν ἀνέσει γ.; Plut., Tit. Flam. 378 [16, 1] ἐν ὀργῇ γ.; Lucian, Tim. 28; PPetr II, 20; III, 12 [252 B.C.] ἐν ἐπισχέσει γ.; BGU 5 II, 19 ἐν νόσῳ; POxy 471 IV, 77f; 4 Km 9:20; 1 Macc 1:27 v.l.; Sus 8 Theod.; Jos., Bell. 1, 320, Ant. 16, 372; Mel., P. 18 ἐν πόνοις … ἐν πληγαῖς etc.) ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ Lk 22:44. ἐν ἐκστάσει Ac 22:17. ἐν πνεύματι under the Spirit’s influence Rv 1:10; 4:2; AcPl Ha 6, 28. ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων be like human beings Phil 2:7. ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ, φόβῳ, τρόμῳ 1 Cor 2:3. ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:7. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γ. come to one’s senses (Soph., Phil. 950; X., An. 1, 5, 17; Polyb. 1, 49, 8; Chariton 3, 9, 11) Ac 12:11; γ. ἐν Χριστῷ be a Christian Ro 16:7. Cp. 7 below.⑥ to make a change of location in space, moveⓐ εἴς τι (Hdt. 5, 87 al.; Philo, Op. M. 86; 2 Macc 1:13; also ἐν: Just., A II, 9, 3 ἐγενόμεθα ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ τόπω): εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα γ. (Jos., Ant. 10, 42) Ac 20:16; 21:17; 25:15. εἰς τὸν ἀγρόν Hv 3, 1, 4. Of a voice: ἐγένετο εἰς τὰ ὦτά μου reached my ear Lk 1:44. Fig. (cp. Bar 4:28) of Abraham’s blessing εἰς τὰ ἔθνη come to the Gentiles Gal 3:14; cp. 2 Cor 8:14 (s. περίσσευμα 1, ὑστέρημα 1).ⓑ ἔκ τινος (Job 28:2): γ. ἐκ μέσου be removed, Lat. e medio tolli (cp. Ps.-Aeschin., Ep. 12, 6 ἐκ μέσου γενομένων ἐκείνων; Plut., Timol. 238 [5, 3]; Achilles Tat. 2, 27, 2) 2 Th 2:7 (HFulford, ET 23, 1912, 40f: ‘leave the scene’). Of a voice fr. heaven: ἐκ τ. οὐρανῶν γ. sound forth fr. heaven (2 Macc 2:21; cp. Da 4:31 Theod.) Mk 1:11; Lk 3:22; 9:35; cp. vs. 36.ⓒ ἐπί τι: ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον go to the tomb Lk 24:22; ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀναβαθμούς when he was at the steps Ac 21:35. Of fear that befalls someone (2 Macc 12:22) Lk 1:65; 4:36; Ac 5:5. Of ulcers: break out on someone Rv 16:2 (Ex 9:10f). Of divine commands: go out to someone Lk 3:2. ἐπί is somet. used w. the gen. (Appian, Liby. 93 §440; Alex. Aphr., Mixt. II 2 p. 213, 21) instead of the acc.: γενόμενος ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου when he had arrived at the place 22:40 (Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 327, 18 ἐπὶ τ. τόπων γινόμενος).—J 6:21.ⓓ w. κατά and gen. of place: τὸ γενόμενον ῥῆμα καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας the message that has spread throughout all Judea Ac 10:37. W. acc. of place (X., Cyr. 7, 1, 15; Apollon. Paradox. 3 κατὰ τόπους γ.; Jos., Ant. I, 174; cp. 2 Macc 9:8): γενόμενος κατὰ τὸν τόπον Lk 10:32; γενόμενοι κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον Ac 27:7.ⓔ w. πρός and acc. of the direction and goal (PLond III, 962, 1 p. 210 [III A.D.] γενοῦ πρὸς Ἄταϊν τὸν ποιμένα; PFlor 180, 45) 1 Cor 2:3; 2J 12. Of divine instructions be given to someone (Gen 15:1, 4; Jer 1:2, 11; 13:8; Ezk 6:1; Hos 1:1; cp. ἐπί w. acc.) J 10:35; Ac 7:31 v.l.; 10:13; 13:32.ⓕ w. σύν and the dat. join someone (X., Cyr. 5, 3, 8; 2 Macc 13:13) Lk 2:13.ⓖ w. ἐγγύς (X., An. 1, 8, 8, Cyr. 7, 1, 7; cp. γίν. πλησίον Philo, Mos. 1, 228; Jos., Ant. 4, 40): ἐγγὺς τοῦ πλοίου γίνεσθαι come close to the boat J 6:19. Fig. of the relation of believers to Christ: come near Eph 2:13.ⓗ w. ὧδε come here J 6:25;ⓘ ἔμπροσθέν τινος γ. J 1:15, 30 s. on ἔμπροσθεν 1bζ and ὀπίσω 2b.⑦ to come into a certain state or possess certain characteristics, to be, prove to be, turn out to be (on relation to the forms of εἰμί [here and in 8–10] s. ALink, StKr 69, 1896, 420ff). Used w. the nom. (Wsd 16:3; Jdth 16:21; Sir 31:22; 1 Macc 3:58) γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι be prudent Mt 10:16. ἄκαρπος γίνεται 13:22; Mk 4:19.—W. other words: vs. 22; 9:50; Lk 1:2; 2:2; 6:36 and very oft. Freq. the dat. of advantage (dat. commodi) is added (1 Macc 10:47; 2 Macc 7:37; 4 Macc 6:28; 12:17): ἀγαπητόν τινι γ. be dear to someone 1 Th 2:8. ἀπρόσκοπον γ. τινι be inoffensive to someone 1 Cor 10:32; γ. τινι μαθητήν J 15:8; μισθαποδότην γ. τινι be a rewarder of someone Hb 11:6; γ. ὁδηγόν τινι Ac 1:16. Cp. παρηγορία, σημεῖον, τύπος.—γ. ὁμοθυμαδόν come together in unanimity or reach unanimity Ac 15:25.—τὶ γίνεταί τινί τι a thing results in someth. for someone τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγ. θάνατος; Ro 7:13. ἡ ἐξουσία πρόσκομμα τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν 1 Cor 8:9.—γίνομαι ὡς, ὥσπερ, ὡσεί τις (Ps 21:15; 31:9; 37:15; 82:11; 87:5 al.) be, become, show oneself like Mt 6:16; 10:25; 18:3; 28:4; Lk 22:26, 44; 1 Cor 4:13; 9:20f; Gal 4:12. καθὼς ἐγένετο … οὕτως ἔσται as it was … so it will be Lk 17:26, 28. οὐ χρὴ ταῦτα οὕτως γίνεσθαι this should not be so Js 3:10. ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως καὶ ἀμέμπτως ὑμῖν ἐγενήθημεν we proved/showed ourselves … toward you 1 Th 2:10.—In statements pert. to age (Aristoxenus, Fgm. 16 γεγονότα [sc. τὸν Πυθαγόραν] ἐτῶν τεσσαράκοντα; Demetr. of Phaleron [IV–III B.C.], Fgm. 153 Wehrli [’49]; Demetr: 722 Fgm. 1, 1 Jac.; Jos., Ant. 10, 50) ἐτῶν δώδεκα Lk 2:42; cp. 1 Ti 5:9.—Here prob. also belongs ἐγένετο γνώμης he decided Ac 20:3 (cp. Plut., Phoc. 752 [23, 4] ἐλπίδος μεγάλης γ.; Cass. Dio 61, 14 τ. ἐπιθυμίας γ.; Jos., Bell. 6, 287).⑧ to be present at a given time, be there ([Ps.-]Jos., Ant. 18, 63) Mk 1:4; J 1:6, hence exist (Diod S 3, 52, 4 γέγονε γένη γυναικῶν=there have been nations of women; Appian, Maced. 18 §3 τὸ χρυσίον τὸ γιγνόμενον=the gold that was at hand; Bar 3:26; 2 Macc 10:24) Ro 11:5; 1J 2:18. ἐγένετο there lived Lk 1:5. ἔν τινι 2 Pt 2:1. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Rv 16:18 (Da 12:1 Theod.).⑨ to be closely related to someone or someth., belong toⓐ gen. of the possessor (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 79 §336 a slave γεγένητο Πομπηίου=had belonged to Pompey: B-D-F §162, 7) belong to someone Lk 20:14, 33 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 83 §350 γυνὴ Κράσσου γεγενημένη=who had been the wife of [the younger] Crassus).ⓑ w. dat. of pers. belong to someone (PPetr II, 40b, 7 [277 B.C.]; O. Wilck II, 1530, 2f [120 B.C.] τὸ γινόμενόν μοι=what belongs to me) of a woman ἀνδρὶ ἑτέρῳ Ro 7:3f (cp. Ruth 1:12f; Dt 24:2).ⓒ w. prep. μετά τινος (Josh 2:19) Ac 9:19; 20:18. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ γενόμενοι his intimate friends Mk 16:10. πρός τινα be w. someone 1 Cor 16:10 ( make him [Timothy] feel quite at home with you Mft.) ὑπό τινα be under the authority of someone or someth. (1 Macc 10:38) Gal 4:4.ⓓ Here perh. belongs ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται it is not a matter of private interpretation 2 Pt 1:20.⑩ to be in or at a place, be in, be thereⓐ ἔν τινι to designate one’s present or future place of residence (X., An. 4, 3, 29; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 4 §15 Ἀντώνιος ἐν Ἐφέσῳ γενόμενος; Aelian, VH 4, 15; Herodian 2, 2, 5; POxy 283, 11; 709, 6 ἐν Μένφει γενόμενος; PTebt 416, 3; BGU 731 II, 6 ἐν οἰκίᾳ μου; Num 11:35; Judg 17:4; 1 Ch 14:17; Jdth 5:7 al. Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 18 Jac.) Mt 26:6; Mk 9:33; Ac 7:38; 13:5; 2 Ti 1:17; Rv 1:9; AcPl Ha 7, 23.ⓑ w. adv.: ἐκεῖ (X., An. 6, 5, 20; 3 Km 8:8 v.l.; Jos., Ant. 10, 180) Ac 19:21. κατὰ μόνας Mk 4:10.—B. 637. DELG s.v. γίγνομαι. M-M. TW. -
5 γίγνομαι
γίγνομαι, [dialect] Ion. and after Arist. [full] γίνομαι [pron. full] [ῑ], ([dialect] Att. Inscrr. have γιγν- in fifth and fourth cent., cf. IG2.11.9, 1055.25, etc.); Thess. [full] γίνυμαι IG9(2).517.22; [dialect] Boeot. [full] γίνιουμαι ib.7.3303: [tense] fut. γενήσομαι: [tense] aor. ἐγενόμην (A , al. ([etym.] προ-) Decr.Byz. ap. D.18.90), [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 2sg.γένευ Il.5.897
, [ per.] 3sg.γενέσκετο Od.11.208
, , Sapph.16, Pi.P.3.87, Parm.8.20, IG4.492 ([place name] Mycenae), prob.in Scol. 19; [dialect] Ep. , Emp.98.5, Call.Jov.1.50, Theoc.14.27, etc. ([etym.] gṇ-το): [tense] pf.γέγονα Il.19.122
, etc.: [ per.] 3pl.γέγοναν Apoc.21.6
: [tense] plpf.ἐγεγόνει Lys.31.17
, etc.; [dialect] Ion.ἐγεγόνεε Hdt.2.2
; [dialect] Ep. forms (as if from [tense] pf. γέγᾰα), [ per.] 2pl.γεγάᾱτε Batr.143
;γεγάᾱσι Il.4.325
, freq. in Od.: [ per.] 3pl. γεγᾱκᾰσιν cj. in Emp.23.10: [ per.] 3 dual [tense] plpf. ἐκ-γεγάτην [ᾰ] Od.10.138; inf. γεγάμεν [ᾰ] Pi.O.9.110, ([etym.] ἐκ) Il.5.248, etc.; part. γεγᾰώς -ᾰυῖα, pl.-ᾰῶτες, -ᾰυῖαι Hom.
, etc., [var] contr.γεγώς, -ῶσα S.Aj. 472
, E.Med. 406; inf.γεγᾱκειν Pi.O.6.49
: [voice] Med. forms ἐκγεγάασθε Epigr.Hom.16, ἐκ-γεγάονται (in [tense] fut. sense) h.Ven. 197 (s.v.l.):—[voice] Pass. forms, [tense] fut. γενηθήσομαι (only in Pl.Prm. 141e, οὔτε γενήσεται, οὔτε γενηθήσεται, cf. Procl.in Prm.p.963 S.): [tense] aor.ἐγενήθην Epich.209
, Archyt.1, Hp.Epid.6.8.32,7.3, later [dialect] Att., Philem. 95.2 and 167, IG2.630b10 (i B. C.) and Hellenistic Gk., Plb.2.67.8, D.S.13.51: [tense] pf.γεγένημαι Simon.69
, freq. in [dialect] Att. Poets and Prose, in [dialect] Att. inscr. first in cent. iv, IG2.555: [ per.] 3pl.γεγενέανται Philet.
ap.Eust.1885.51: [tense] plpf.ἐγεγένητο Th.7.18
, al.; cf. γείνομαι:— come into a new state of being: hence,I abs., come into being opp. εἶναι, Emp.17.11, Pl.Phd. 102e, cf. Ti. 29a; and so,1 of persons, to be born, νέον γεγαώς new born, Od.19.400; ὑπὸ Τμώλῳ γεγαῶτας born (and so living) under Tmolus, Il.2.866;ἢ πρόσθε θανεῖν ἢ ἔπειτα γ. Hes.Op. 175
; γιγνομέναισι λάχη τάδ'.. ἐκράνθη at our birth, A.Eu. 347;γ. ἔκ τινος Il.5.548
, Hdt.7.11;πατρὸς ἐκ ταὐτοῦ E.IA 406
, cf. Isoc.5.136;σέθεν.. ἐξ αἵματος A.Th. 142
; less freq.ἀπό τινος Hdt.8.22
, etc.; , etc.; γεγονέναι κακῶς, καλῶς, Ar.Eq. 218, Isoc.7.37, etc.; κάλλιον, εὖ, Hdt. 1.146, 3.69; τὸ μὴ γενέσθαι not to have been born, A.Fr. 401: freq. with Numerals,ἔτεα τρία καὶ δέκα γεγονώς Hdt.1.119
;ἀμφὶ τὰ πέντε ἢ ἑκκαίδεκα ἔτη γενόμενος X.Cyr.1.4.16
;γεγονὼς ἔτη περὶ πεντήκοντα D. 21.154
; οἱ ὑπὲρ τὰ στρατεύσιμα ἔτη γεγονότες those of an age beyond.., X.Cyr.1.2.4: c. gen., , etc.: rarely with ordinals,ὀγδοηκοστὸν ἔτος γεγονώς Luc.Macr. 22
, cf. Plu.Phil.18.2 of things, to be produced,ὅσα φύλλα καὶ ἄνθεα γίγνεται ὥρῃ Od.9.51
; opp. ὄλλυσθαι, Parm.8.13,40; opp. ἀπόλλυσθαι, Anaxag.17, cf. Pl.R. 527b, etc.; opp. ἀπολείπειν, Diog. Apoll.7; opp. ἀπολήγειν, Emp.17.30;τὰ γιγνόμενα καὶ ἐξ ὧν γίγνεται Pl.Phlb. 27a
;ἁπλῇ διηγήσει ἢ διὰ μιμήσεως γ. Id.R. 392d
;ὁ ἐκ τῆς χώρας γιγνόμενος σῖτος X.Mem.3.6.13
; τὰ ἐν ἀγρῷ γιγνόμενα ib.2.9.4; of profits,καρποὶ οἱ ἐξ ἀγελῶν γ. Id.Cyr.1.1.2
, etc.; τὰ ἆθλα ἀπὸ τεττάρων ταλάντων ἐγένοντο were the produce of, i.e. were worth, 4 talents, Id.HG4.2.7; τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων γενόμενον ἀργύριον produced by [the ransom of].., Id.An.5.3.4; of sums, ὁ γεγονὼς ἀριθμὸς τῶν ψήφων the total of the votes, Pl.Ap. 36a; ἕκατον εἴκοσι στατήρων γίγνονται τρισχίλιαι τριακόσιαι ἑξήκοντα [δραχμαί] 120 staters amount to 3, 360 drachmae, D.34.24; so in Math., of products,ὁ ἐξ αὐτῶν γενόμενος ἀριθμός Euc.7.24
; ἀριθμὸς γενόμενος ἑκατοντάκις multiplied by 100, Papp.10.13; of times of day,ὡς ἡ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο Th.7.81
, etc.;ἕως ἂν φῶς γένηται Pl.Prt. 311a
;ἅμα ἕῳ γιγνομένῃ Th.4.32
; of Time in general, elapse, ;χρόνου γενομένου D.S.20.109
.b falldue,οἱ γιγνόμενοι δασμοί X.An.1.1.8
;τοὺς τόκους τοὺς γ. Isoc.17.37
; τὸ τίμημα τὸ γ., τὸ γ. ἀργύριον, D.24.82, Syngr. ap. eund.35.11;τὸ γ. μέρος X.HG7.4.33
;τὸ γ. τοῖ πλήθι τᾶς ζαμίαυ IG5(2).6
A20 (Tegea, iv B. C.): c. dat.,τὸ γ. τινὶ ἔλαιον UPZ 19.32
(ii B. C.);τοῖς γείτοσι τὸ γ. Thphr.Fr.97
;τὰ γ.
dues,PHib.
1.92 and 111 (iii B. C.): hence γιγνόμενος regular, normal, τίμημα, χάρις, D. 38.25; ἐν ταῖς γ. ἡμέραις in the usual number of days, X.Cyr.5.4.51; freq. in later Gk., as Luc.Tox.18, etc.3 of events, take place, come to pass, and in past tenses to be,καί σφιν ἄχος κατὰ θυμὸν ἐγίγνετο Il.13.86
, etc.;μάχη ἐγεγόνει Pl.Chrm. 153b
, etc.; ;ἡ νόσος ἤρξατο γίγνεσθαι Id.2.47
; πνεῦμα εἰώθει γ. ib.84; τὰ Ὀλύμπια γίγνεται, τραγῳδοὶ γίγνονται, are held, X.HG7.4.28, Aeschin.3.41, etc.; ψήφισμα γ. is passed, X.Cyr.2.2.21; πιστὰ γ., ὅρκοι γ., pledges are given, oaths taken, ib.7.4.3, D.19.158; γίγνεταί τι ὑπό τινος (masc.), X.An.7.1.30, (neut.) Pl.Tht. 200e;τὰ γιγνόμενα ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀθηναίων Th.6.88
;τὰ γενόμενα ἐξ ἀνθρώπων Hdt.Praef.
;ὕβρισμα ἐκ τῶν Σαμίων γενόμενον Id.3.48
;ἀπό τινος γ. X.An.5.6.30
;παρά τινος Pl.R. 614a
; ὃ μὴ γένοιτο which God forbid, D.10.27,28.21; but γένοιτο, = Amen, LXX Is.25.1; γένοιτο γένοιτο ib.Ps.71(72).19: Math., γεγονέτω suppose it done, Euc.6.23, etc.; it is done,Apoc.
16.17: c. dat. et part., γίγνεταί τί μοι βουλομένῳ, ἀσμένῳ (v. βούλομαι, ἄσμενος) ; οὐκ ἂν ἐμοί γε ἐλπομένῳ τὰ γένοιτο, i.e. I could not hope to see these things take place, Od.3.228;ἡδομένοισι ἡμῖν οἱ λόγοι γεγόνασι Hdt.9.46
, etc.; of sacrifices, omens, etc., οὐ γάρ σφι ἐγίνετο τὰ σφάγια χρηστά ib.61, cf.62;τὰ ἱερὰ καλὰ ἐγένετο X.An.6.4.9
: abs., τὰ διαβατήρια ἐγ. were favourable, Th.5.55;θυομένῳ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο τὰ ἱερά X.HG3.1.17
: in neut. part., τὸ γενόμενον the event, the fact, Th.6.54; τὰ γενόμενα the facts, X.Cyr.3.1.9, etc.;τὸ γιγνόμενον Pl.Tht. 161b
, etc.; τὰ γεγενημένα the past, X.An.6.2.14; τὸ γενησόμενον the future, Th.1.138; τὰ γεγονότα, opp. ὄντα, μέλλοντα, Pl.R. 392d, cf. Lg. 896a: of Time, ;ἕως ἄν τινες χρόνοι γένωνται Pl.Phd. 108c
; but in [tense] pf. and [tense] plpf., to have passed,ὡς διετὴς χρόνος ἐγεγόνεε Hdt.2.2
;πρὶν ἓξ μῆνας γεγονέναι Pl.Prt. 320a
: impers., ἐγένετο or γέγονεν ὥστε .. it happened, came to pass that.., X.HG5.3.10, Isoc. 6.40, etc.; ἐγένετο, ὡς ἤκουσεν.. καὶ ἐθυμώθη it came to pass, when he heard.. that.., LXX Ge.39.19;ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ πορεύεσθαι.. καὶ διήρχετο Ev.Luc.17.11
: c. inf., γίνεται εὑρεῖν it is possible to find, Thgn.639; ἐγένετο, c. acc. et inf., it came to pass that, Act.Ap.9.3, al., PAmh.2.135.10 (ii A. D.): c. dat. et inf.,ἐάν σοι γένηται στραφῆναι Epict.Ench. 23
.1 folld. by Nouns and Adjs.,δηΐοισι δὲ χάρμα γ. Il.6.82
, cf. 8.282;σωτὴρ γενοῦ μοι A.Ch.2
;κωλυτὴς γ. τινός Th.3.23
; [οὖροι] νηῶν πομπῆες γ. Od.4.362
, etc.; πάντα δὲ γιγνόμενος πειρήσεται turning every way, ib. 417; παντοῖος γ., folld. by μή, c. inf., Hdt.3.124;παντοῖος γ. δεόμενος Id.7.10
.γ; ἐκ πλουσίου πένης γ. X.An.7.7.28
;δημοτικὸς ἐξ ὀλιγαρχικοῦ γ. Pl.R. 572d
: rarely c. part., μὴ προδοὺς ἡμᾶς γένῃ, i.e. προδότης ἡμῶν, S.Aj. 588, cf. Ph. 773;μὴ ἀπαρνηθεὶς γένῃ Pl.Sph. 217c
;ἀποτετραμμένοι ἐγένοντο Th. 3.68
, etc.: with Pron., τί γένωμαι ; what am I to become, i.e. what is to become of me? A.Th. 297, cf. Theoc.15.51;οὐκ ἔχοντες ὅτι γένωνται Th.2.52
; less freq. with masc.,οὐδ' ἔχω τίς ἂν γενοίμαν A.Pr. 905
;γίγνονται πάνθ' ὅτι βούλονται Ar.Nu. 348
.b in past tenses, having ceased to be, ὁ γενόμενος στρατηγός the ex-strategus, POxy.38.11 (i A. D.); ἡ γ. γυνή τινος the former wife, PFlor.99.4 (i/ii A. D.).2 with Advbs.,κακῶς χρῆν Κανδαύλῃ γενέσθαι Hdt.1.8
; εὖ, καλῶς, ἡδέως γ., it goes well, etc., X.An.1.7.5, Arr.Epict.3.24.97, LXX To. 7.9; with personal construction,οἱ παρὰ Πλάτωνι δειπνήσαντες ἐς αὔριον ἡδέως γίγνονται Plu.2.127b
; δίχα γ. τοῦ σώματος to be parted from.., X.Cyr.8.7.20; τριχῇ γ. to be in three divisions, Id.An.6.2.16; γ. ἐμποδών, ἐκποδών, E.Hec. 372, X.HG6.5.38, etc.3 folld. by oblique cases of Nouns,a c. gen., γ. τῶν δικαστέων, τῶν γεραιτέρων, become one of.., Hdt.5.25, X.Cyr.1.2.15, cf. Ar.Nu. 107, etc.;βουλῆς γεγονώς D.C.36.28
(cf. supr.1.b); fall to, belong to,ἡ νίκη Ἀγησιλάου ἐγεγένητο X.HG4.3.20
; to be under control of,ὁ νοῦς ὅταν αὑτοῦ γένηται S. OC 660
, cf. Pl.Phdr. 250a (s. v.l.);ὑμῶν αὐτῶν γενέσθαι D.4.7
(alsoἐντὸς ἑωυτοῦ γ. Hdt.1.119
;ἐν ἑαυτῷ γ. X.An.1.5.17
;ἐν σαυτοῦ γενοῦ S.Ph. 950
);τὴν πόλιν ἐλπίδος μεγάλης γινομένην Plu.Phoc.23
: of things, to be at, i.e. cost, so much, , cf.X.Oec.20.23.c with Preps., γ. ἀπὸ δείπνου, ἐκ θυσίας, have done.., Hdt.2.78, 1.50; πολὺν χρόνον γ. ἀπό τινος to be separated from.., X.Mem.1.2.25; γ. εἴς τι turn into,τὸ κακὸν γ. εἰς ἀγαθόν Thgn.162
; freq. in LXX,ἐγενήθη μοι εἰς γυναῖκα Ge.20.12
; εἰς βρῶσιν ib.La.4.10; εἰς οὐδέν, εἰς κενόν, Act.Ap.5.36, 1 Ep.Thess. 3.5;ἐς Αακεδαίμονα Hdt.5.38
(in Hom. even without Prep.,ἐμὲ χρεὼ γ. Od.4.634
); γ. τι εἴς τινα comes to him, of a dowry, Is.3.36; of a ward, And.1.117; γ. ἐξ ὀφθαλμῶν τινι to be out of sight, Hdt.5.24; ἐξ ἀνθρώπων γ. disappear from.., Paus.4.26.6;γ. ἐν Χίῳ Hdt.5.33
, etc.; γ. ἐν .., to be engaged in.., οἱ ἐν ποιήσει γινόμενοι in poetry, Id.2.82; ἐν [πολέμῳ] Th.1.78;ἐν πείρᾳ γ. τινος X.An.1.9.1
; ἐν ὀργῇ, ἐν αἰτίᾳ πρός τινα γ., Plu.Flam.16, Rom.7; of things, ἐν καιρῷ γ. to be in season, X.HG4.3.2;ἐν τύχῃ γ. τινί τι Th.4.73
; γ. διὰ γηλόφων, of a road, X.An.3.4.24; but δι' ἔχθρας γ. τινί to be at enmity with, Ar.Ra. 1412; γ. ἐπὶ ποταμῷ arrive or be at.., Hdt.1.189, etc.; γ. ἐπί τινι fall into or be in one's power, X.An.3.1.13, etc.;ἐπὶ συμφοραῖς γ. D.21.58
codd. (- ᾶς Schaefer); γ. ἐπί τινι, also, to be set over.., X.Cyr.3.3.53; γ. ἐφ' ἡμῶν αὐτῶν to be alone, Aeschin.2. 36;γ. ἐπὶ τῆς διοικήσεως D.C.43.48
; γ. ἐπ' ἐλπίδος to be in hope, Plu.Sol.14: Math., γ. ἐπὶ ἀριθμόν to be multiplied into a number, Theol.Ar.3; γ. κατά τινα or τι to be near.. or opposite to.., in battle, X.Cyr.7.1.14, HG4.2.18; but κατὰ ξυστάσεις γ. to be formed into groups, Th.2.21;καθ' ἓν γ. Id.3.10
; καθ' αὑτοὺς γ. to be alone, D.10.52; γ. μετὰ τοῦ θείου to be with God, X.Cyr.8.7.27, etc.;ἡ νίκη γ. σύν τινι Id.Ages.2.13
; γ. παρ' ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς πράγμασι to be present on both sides, Th.5.26; γ. παρά τι to depend upon.., D.18.232; γ. περὶ τὸ συμβουλεύειν to be engaged in.., Isoc.3.12; γενοῦ πρός τινα go to So-and-so, PFay. 128, etc.; γ. πρὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ to be at or near.., Pl.Phd. 118, etc.; γ. πρός τινι to be engaged in.., Isoc. 12.270, D.18.176; αὐτὸς πρὸς αὑτῷ meditate, Plu.2.151c; soγ. πρὸς τὸ ἰᾶσθαι Pl.R. 604d
;πρὸς παρασκευήν Plb.1.22.2
: impers.,ἐπεὶ πρὸς ἡμέραν ἐγίγνετο X.HG2.4.6
; γενέσθαι πρός τινων to be inclined towards them, Hdt.7.22; γ. πρὸ ὁδοῦ to be forward on the way, Il.4.382; γ. ὑπό τινι to be subject to.., Hdt.7.11, Th.7.64; γ. ὑπὸ ταῖς μηχαναῖς to be under the protection of.., X.Cyr.7.1.34.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > γίγνομαι
-
6 παρά
πᾰρά [pron. full] [ρᾰ], [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. also [full] παραί: shortd. [full] πάρ, in Hom., Lyr. (but rarely in Trag., in lyr. passages, A.Supp. 553, S.Tr. 636), and in all dial ects exc. [dialect] Att., GDI5434.8 ([place name] Paros), IG5(2).3.14 (Tegea, iv B. C.), Inscr.Magn.26.28 (Thess.), etc.:—Prep. c. gen., dat., and acc., prop.A beside: hence,A WITH GEN. prop. denoting motion from the side of, from beside, from:I of Place,πὰρ νηῶν ἔλθωμεν Il.13.744
;παρὰ ναῦφιν ἐλευσόμεθ' 12.225
, etc.;παρ' Ὠκεανοῖο ῥοάων.. ἐπερχομένη Od.22.197
;πὰρ νηῶν ἀπώσεται Il.8.533
, etc.;δῶρα π. νηὸς ἐνεικέμεν 19.194
;φάσγανον ὀξὺ ἐρυσσάμενος π. μηροῦ 1.190
, cf. 21.173;σπασσάμενος.. ἄορ παχέος π. μηροῦ 16.473
; πλευρὰ παρ' ἀσπίδος ἐξεφαάνθη was exposed beside the shield, 4.468, cf. A.Th. 624.II commonly of Persons,1 with Verbs of going or coming, bringing, etc.,ἦλθε.. πὰρ Διός Il.2.787
;παρ' Αἰήταο πλέουσα Od.12.70
, etc.;ἀγγελίη ἥκει π. βασιλέος Hdt.8.140
.ά; αὐτομολήσαντες π. βασιλέως X.An.1.7.13
;ἐξεληλυθὼς παρ' Ἀριστάρχου D.21.117
; ὁ π. τινὸς ἥκων his messenger, X.Cyr.4.5.53; soοἱ π. τινός Th.7.10
, Ev.Marc.3.21, etc.;ὅστις ἀφικνεῖτο τῶν π. βασιλέως πρὸς αὐτόν X.An.1.1.5
, etc.; τεύχεα καλὰ φέρουσα παρ' Ἡφαίστοιο from his workshop, Il.18.137, cf. 617, etc.;ἀπαγγέλλειν τι π. τινός X.An.2.1.20
;σὺ δὲ οἰμώζειν αὐτοῖς παρ' ἐμοῦ λέγε Luc.DMort.1.2
.2 issuing from a person, γίγνεσθαι π. τινός to be born from, Pl.Smp. 179b; λόγος (sc. ἐστί) π. Ἀθηναίων c. acc. et inf., Hdt.8.55: freq. following a Noun, δόξα ἡ π. τῶν ἀνθρώπων glory from (given by) men, Pl.Phdr. 232a; ἡ π. τινὸς εὔνοια the favour from, i. e. of, any one, X.Mem.2.2.12; τὸ παρ' ἐμοῦ ἀδίκημα done by me, Id.Cyr.5.5.13; τὰ π. τινός all that issues from any one, as commands, commissions, Id.An.2.3.4, etc.; or promises, gifts, presents, Id.Mem.3.11.13; τὰ παρ' ἐμοῦ my opinions, Pl.Smp. 219a; παρ' ἑωυτοῦ διδούς giving from oneself, i. e. from one's own means, Hdt. 2.129, 8.5;παρ' ἑαυτοῦ προσετίθει X.HG6.1.3
; νόμον θὲς παρ' ἐμοῦ by my advice, Pl.Prt. 322d; αὐτοὶ παρ' αὑτῶν of themselves, Id.Tht. 150d, cf. Phdr. 235c.3 with Verbs of receiving, obtaining, and the like ,τυχεῖν τινος π. τινός Od.6.290
, 15.158;πὰρ δ' ἄρα μιν Ταφίων πρίατο 14.452
;ἀρέομαι πὰρ μὲν Σαλαμῖνος Ἀθαναίων χάριν Pi.P.1.76
;εὑρέσθαι τι π. τῶν θεῶν Isoc.9.14
, cf. IG12.40.10; δέχεσθαι, λαμβάνειν, ἁρπάζειν π. τινός, Th.1.20, X.Oec.9.11, Hes.Th. 914; ἀντιάσαι, αἰτήσασθαι π. τινός, S.El. 870 (lyr.), X.HG3.1.4;ἀξιοῖ π. τοῦ ἰατροῦ φάρμακον πιὼν ἐξεμέσαι τὸ νόσημα Pl.R. 406d
;κόσμος τοῖς πράξασι γίγνεται π. τῶν ἀκουσάντων Id.Mx. 236e
: without Verb,ὁ καρπὸς ὁ π. τῶν δημάρχων IG12.76.27
: with Verbs of learning, etc.,μεμαθηκέναι π. τινῶν Hdt.2.104
, etc.4 with [voice] Pass. Verbs,πὰρ Διὸς.. μῆνις ἐτύχθη Il.15.122
;π. θεῶν ἡ τοιαύτη μανία δίδοται Pl.Phdr. 245c
, etc.; τὰ π. τῶν θεῶν σημαινόμενα, συμβουλευόμενα, X.Cyr.1.6.2; τὰ π. τινὸς λεγόμενα ib.6.1.42; τὰ π. τῆς τύχης δωρηθέντα the presents of.., Isoc.4.26;με π. σοῦ σοφίας πληρωθήσεσθαι Pl.Smp. 175e
.III rarely for παρά c. dat., by, near,πὰρ ποδός Pi.P.10.62
, 3.60; παρὰ δὲ κυανέων πελαγέων dub. l. in S.Ant. 966 (lyr.);τὸν Ῥειτὸν τὸν παρὰ τοῦ ἄστεως IG12.81.5
; πολλοὶ παρ' ἀμφοτέρων ἔπιπτον, = ἀμφοτέρωθεν, D.S.19.42.B WITH DAT. denoting rest by the side of any person or thing, answering the question where?I of Places, κατ' ἂρ ἕζετ'.. πὰρ πυρί, ἔκειτο π. σηκῷ, Od.7.154, 9.319;νέμονται π. πέτρῃ 13.408
;ἑσταότες παρ ὄχεσφιν Il.8.565
; πὰρ ποσὶ μαρναμένων ἐκυλίνδετο at their feet, 14.411, etc.; π. θύρῃσι at the door, 7.346;π. ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης 2.773
;δεῖπνον.. εἵλοντο παρ' ὄχθῃσιν ποταμοῖο Od.6.97
, cf. Il.4.475, 20.53, etc.;κεῖσθαι παρ' Ἅιδῃ S.OT 972
; παρ' οἴνῳ over wine, ib. 780, etc.II of persons, beside,πὰρ δὲ οἷ αὐτῷ εἷσε Θεοκλύμενον Od.15.285
;κεῖτο παρὰ μνηστῇ ἀλόχῳ Il.9.556
, cf. 6.246, etc.;παρ' ἀνδράσιν εὐνάζεσθαι Od.5.119
;δαίνυσθαι π. τινί 8.243
; πὰρ δέ οἱ ἑστήκει stood by him, Il.4.367.2 at one's house or place, with one,μένειν π. τισί 9.427
;θητευέμεν ἄλλῳ, ἀνδρὶ παρ' ἀκλήρῳ Od.11.490
;φιλέεσθαι π. τινί Il.13.627
; παρ' ἑωυτοῖσι at their own house, Hdt.1.105, cf. 86;παιδευθῆναι π. τινί X.Cyr.1.2.15
;καταλύειν π. τινί D.18.82
(butπαρά τινα καταλῦσαι Th.1.136
), etc.: hence οἱ παρ' ἐμοί those of my household, X.Mem.2.7.4, etc.; τὰ παρ' ἐμοί life with me, Id.An. 1.7.4; οἱ παρ' ἡμῖν ἄνθρωποι our people, Pl.Phd. 64b; ἡ παρ' ἡμῖν πολιτεία, ὁ παρ' ὑμῖν δῆμος, D.15.19; ὁ παρ' αὑτῷ βίοτος one's own life, S.OT 612;τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν πῦρ Pl.Phlb. 29f
; ;τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν σῶμα Pl.Phlb. 29f
; also, in one's hands,τὰ π. τοῖς Ἑλληνοταμίαις ὄντα IG12.91.6
;ἔχειν παρ' ἑωυτῷ Hdt. 1.130
, etc.; οὔπω παρ' ἐμοὶ τότ' ἦν λέγειν I had no right to speak then, Men.Epit.98.3 before, in the presence of,ἤειδε π. μνηστῆρσιν Od. 1.154
; before a judge,δίκας γίγνεσθαι π. τῷ πολεμάρχῳ IG12.16.9
;π. Δαρείῳ κριτῇ Hdt.3.160
;π. τῷ βασιλέϊ Id.4.65
;παρὰ δικασταῖς Th. 1.73
;εἰς κρίσιν καθιστάναι τινὰ π. τισί D.18.13
: hence παρ' ἐμοί in my judgement, Hdt.1.32, cf. S.Tr. 589, E.Heracl. 881, 1 Ep.Cor.3.19; π. τούτῳ μέγα δυνήσεται with him, Pl.Grg. 510e.4 in quoting authors, παρ' Ἐφόρῳ, παρ' Αἰσχίνῃ, π. Θουκυδίδῃ, in Ephorus, etc., Plb. 9.2.4, D.H.Comp.9,18.III Arc., = π. c. gen., from,καθὰ εἶχον τὰς ἰντολὰς π. τᾷ ἰδίᾳ πόλι SIG559.9
(Megalop., iii B. C.), cf. 558.10 (Ithaca, iii B. C.).C WITH ACCUS. in three main senses,I beside, near, by,II along,III past, beyond.I beside, near, by:1 with Verbs of coming, going, etc., to the side of, to,ἴτην π. νῆας Il.1.347
, cf. 8.220, etc.;βῆ.. π. θῖνα 1.34
, cf. 327, etc.; τρέψας πὰρ ποταμόν to the side of.., 21.603, cf. 3.187: more freq. of persons, εἶμι παρ' Ἥφαιστον to the chamber of H., 18.143, cf. Od.1.285, etc.;ἐσιόντες π. τοὺς φίλους Th.2.51
, etc.;φοιτᾶν π. τὸν Σωκράτη Pl.Phd. 59d
; πέμπειν ἀγγέλους, πρέσβεις π. τινά, Hdt. 1.141, Th.1.58, etc.;ἄγειν π. τινά Hdt.1.86
;καταφυγὴ π. φίλων τινάς Th.2.17
.2 with Verbs of rest, beside, near, by, sts. with ref. to past motion (expressed in such phrases asἧσο παρ' αὐτὸν ἰοῦσα Il.3.406
, cf. 11.577), , cf. 13.372; κεῖται ποταμοῖο παρ' ὄχθας lies stretched beside.., Il.4.487, cf. 12.381; παρ' ἔμ' ἵστασο come and stand by me, 11.314, cf. 592, 20.49, etc.;π. πυθμέν' ἐλαίης θῆκαν Od.13.122
;καταθέτω π. τὰ ἴκρια IG12.94.28
; κοιμήσαντο π. πρυμνήσια they lay down by.., Od.12.32, cf. 3.460;ὁ παρ' ἐμὲ καθήμενος Pl.Euthd. 271b
, cf. Phd. 89b; ἐκάθητο π. τὴν πύλην, π. τὴν ὁδόν, LXX Ge.19.1, Ev.Marc. 10.46;παρ' αὐτὸν τὸν καλέσαντα κατακείμενος δειπνῆσαι Thphr.Char. 21.2
, cf. Pl.Smp. 175c;ἐκαθέζετο π. τὸν Λύσιν Id.Ly. 211a
, cf. R. 328c;στὰς παρ' αὐτόν Id.Phd. 116c
;τέμενος νεμόμεσθα.. παρ' ὄχθας Il.12.313
, cf. 6.34, IG12.943.45;τοῦ Εὐρίπου, παρ' ὃν ᾤκει Aeschin.3.90
;κατελείφθη π. τὸν νηόν Hdt.4.87
;τὴν παρ' ἐμὲ ἐοῦσαν δύναμιν Id.8.140
.ά (v.l. ἐμοί); εἶπεν αὐτῷ μένειν παρ' ἑαυτόν X.Cyr.1.4.18
, cf. An.1.9.31, Ar.Fr. 451, Is.8.16, Alex.248, Demetr.Com. Nov.1.5, IG22.654.23 (iii B. C.), Plb.3.26.1, 11.14.3, 28.14.3;ἡ π. θάλασσαν Μακεδονία Th.2.99
, cf. S.El. 184 (lyr.), Tr. 636 (lyr.);Καρβασυανδῆς π. Καῦνον IG12.204.52
;τὸ κουρεῖον τὸ π. τοὺς Ἑρμᾶς Lys.23.3
, cf. And.1.62, Is.6.20, 8.35, Aeschin. 1.182, 3.88, Lycurg.112; (1).109 iii 146 (Epid.); παρ' ὄμμα before one's eyes, E.Supp. 484; π. πόδας on the spot, Phld.Ir.p.78 W., Rh.2.2 S.; immediately thereafter, Plb.1.7.5, 1.8.2, al.b [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., and Thess., = supr. B. 11.2, at the house of.., with a person, IG7.3171.7 (Orchom. [dialect] Boeot.), GDI 1717 (Delph.); παρ' ἁμὲ πολυτίματος [ὁ σῖτος] Ar.Ach. 759 (Megar.);τοῖς κατοικέντεσσι πὰρ ἀμμέ IG9(2).517.18
(Larissa, iii B. C.); τοῖ πὰρ ἀμμὲ πολιτεύματος ib.13;πεπολιτευκὼρ πὰρ ἁμέ Schwyzer 425.5
(Elis, iii/ii B. C.): so in [dialect] Att., θέμενος π. γυναῖκας depositing with.., Pl. R. 465c.3 with Verbs of striking, wounding, etc.,βάλε στῆθος π. μαζόν Il.4.480
, etc.;τὸν δ' ἕτερον.. κληῗδα παρ' ὦμον πλῆξε 5.146
;τύψε κατὰ κληῗδα παρ' αὐχένα 21.117
, cf. 4.525, 8.325, etc.; , cf. 17.310; δησάμενος τελαμῶνι π. σφυρόν ib. 290.4 with Verbs of placing, examining, etc., side by side with..,ὁ ἔλεγχος π. τὸν ἔλεγχον παραβαλλόμενος Pl.Grg. 475e
, cf. Hp.Mi. 369c, Smp. 214c, R. 348a; ;ἄλλα παρ' ἄλλατιθέμενα.. τῶν χρωμάτων Arist.Mete. 375a24
.b Geom., παραβάλλειν π. apply an area to (i. e. along) a finite straight line, Euc.1.44, Archim.Aequil.2.1;π. τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτοῦ γραμμὴν παρατείναντα Pl. Men. 87a
; ἡ [εὐθεῖα] παρ' ἣν δύνανται αἱ καταγόμεναι τεταγμένως the line to which are applied the squares of the or dinates, etc., Apollon. Perg.Con.1.11: hence,c Arith., παραβάλλειν τι π. τι divide by.. (v.παραβάλλω A.
VII. 2);μερίζω τι π. τι Dioph.4.33
; ἐπὶ γ π. ί multiply by 3 and divide by 10, PLond.5.1718.2 (vi A. D.).5 Geom., parallel to.., Democr.155, Arist. Top. 158b31, Archim.Sph. Cyl.1.12, al.6 metaph. in Gramm., like, as a parody of.., π. τὸ Σοφόκλειον, π. τὰ ἐν Τεύκρῳ Σοφοκλέους, Sch.Ar.Av. 1240, Nu. 584.b Gramm., of words which differ as compared with other words, π. τὸ τοῦ ἔρωτος ὄνομα σμικρὸν παρηγμένον ἐστίν.. [τὸ ἥρως] Pl.Cra. 398d, cf. 399a, Lg. 654a: hence, derived from.., π. τὸ ἔδαφος, δάπεδον, A.D. Pron.31.16; π. τὸ δρῶ δρᾶμα Sch.A.R.2.624;σύγκειται [τὸ αὐθέντης] π. τὸ εἷναι.. καὶ π. τὸ αὐτός Phryn.PSp.24
B.7 generally, of Comparison, alongside of, compared with, usu. implying superiority,δοκέοντες π. ταῦτα οὐδ' ἂν τοὺς σοφωτάτους ἀνθρώπων Αἰγυπτίους οὐδὲν ἐπεξευρεῖν Hdt.2.160
, cf. 7.20, 103;ἡλίου ἐκλείψεις αἳ πυκνότεραι π. τὰ ἐκ τοῦ πρὶν χρόνου μνημονευόμενα ξυνέβησαν Th.1.23
, cf. 4.6;τῶν ἁπάντων ἀπερίοπτοί εἰσι π. τὸ νικᾶν Id.1.41
;π. τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα ὥσπερ θεοὶ ἄνθρωποι βιοτεύουσι X.Mem.1.4.14
;φαίνεται π. τὸ ἀλγεινὸν ἡδὺ καὶ π. τὸ ἡδὺ ἀλγεινὸν ἡ ἡσυχία Pl.R. 584a
, cf. Phdr. 236d, La. 183c, al.;εὐδαίμων μᾶλλον π. πάντας BCH26.332
([place name] Halae);προετέρει π. πάντας PSI 4.422.34
(iii B. C.): sts. implying inferiority or defect, ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν βραχύ τι παρ' ἀγγέλους a little lower than the angels, LXX Ps. 8.6; μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ ὑστεροῦσι π. τὸν ἥλιον lag one day behind the sun, Gem.8.19; so perh. παρ' αὐτόν, ὑπὲρ αὐτόν (has passed the ball?) short of him, beyond him, Antiph.234; μέγα τοι ἡμέρα παρ' ἡμέραν γιγνομένη γνώμην ἐξ ὀργῆς μεταστῆσαι one day compared with another is important.., a day's delay makes a difference, Antipho 5.72; τί γὰρ παρ' ἦμαρ ἡμέρα τέρπειν ἔχει προσθεῖσα κἀναθεῖσα τοῦ γε κατθανεῖν; what joy has one day compared with another to offer, since it only brings us nearer to, or farther from, death (which is neither good nor evil)? S.Aj. 475; ὃς μὲν κρίνει (prefers) ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν, ὃς δὲ κρίνει (approves)πᾶσαν ἡμέραν Ep.Rom.14.5
.8 with Verbs of estimating, to set at so and so much, hence π. = equivalent to.., ταρβῶ μὴ.. θῆται παρ' οὐδὲν τὰς ἐμὰς ἐπιστολάς set at nought, E.IT 732, cf. A. Ag. 229 (lyr.);παρ' οὐδὲν ἄγειν S.Ant.35
; π. μικρὸν ἡγεῖσθαι or ποιεῖσθαί τι hold of small account, Isoc.5.79, D.61.51;παρ' ὀλίγον ποιεῖσθαί τινα X.An.6.6.11
; so with εἶναι, etc., παρ' οὐδέν ἐστι are as nothing, S.OT 983, cf. Ant. 466; ;οὐ π. μέγα ἔσεσθαι τὸ πταῖσμα Arr.An.1.18.6
; so perh. π. σμικρὰ κεχώρηκε have turned out of little account, have amounted to little, Hdt.1.120.b in Accountancy, without a verb, π. τὴν καταλλαγήν on account of κ., PHib.1.100.4 (iii B. C.).9 of correspondence, ὀφείλειν στατῆρα π. στατῆρα stater for stater (one to each of two creditors), BCH50.214 (Thasos, v B. C.);πληγὴν π. πληγὴν ἑκάτερον Ar.Ra. 643
; συνεῖναι ἑκατέρῳ ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν stayed day for day with each, D.59.46; hence of alternation, ποιεῖσθαι ἁγνείας καὶ θυσίας δύο π. δύο, of four priests acting two and two alternately, BGU1198.12 (i B. C.); τοῦ καθημερινοῦ ἢ μίαν π. μίαν (sc. ἡμέραν) [πυρετοῦ] quotidian or tertian fever, ib.956.3 (iii A. D.): sts. without doubling of the Noun, παρ' ἡμέρην, opp. καθ' ἡμέρην, tertian, opp. quotidian, Hp.Aph.1.12; καθ' ἡμέραν, παρ' ἡμέραν, π. δύο, π. τρεῖς every day, every second day, every third (fourth) day, Arr.Epict.2.18.13; π. μίαν every second day, Plb.3.110.4; παρ' ἐνιαυτόν every second year, Plu.Cleom.15; παρ' ἔτος year and year about, Arist.GA 757a7; every second year, Paus.8.15.2; π. μέρος by turns (v. μέρος II. 2);ὁ ἀνὰ μέρος παρ' ἓξ μῆνας ὑπὲρ γῆν τε καὶ ὑπὸ γῆν γινόμενος Ἄδωνις Corn. ND28
; π. μῆνα τρίτον every third month, Arist.HA 582b4, cf. Plu.2.942e; but π. τρία [ἔτεα] prob. every fourth year, IG5(2).422 ([place name] Phigalea), cf. Arr.Epict. l.c.; ἕνα παρ' ἕνα παραλειπτέον every second one, Nicom.Ar.1.18; ἕνα π. δύο ([etym.] τρεῖς) every third (fourth) one, ibid.; παρὰ δ' ἄλλαν ἄλλα μοῖρα διώκει now one now another, E.Heracl. 611.10 precisely at the moment of, παρ' αὐτὰ τἀδικήματα flagrante delicto, D.18.13, 21.26;ἀποδώσω π. τὸν εὔθυνον τὸ καθῆκον IG12.188.31
; π. τοιοῦτον καιρόν, π. τὰς χρείας, D.20.41,46; π. τὰ δεινά in the midst of danger, Plu.Ant.63;π. τὴν πρώτην γένεσιν Jul.Or.1.10b
; π. τὴν πρώτην (sc. ἐπίθεσιν) at the first attack, Hld.9.2;π. γε τὴν πρώτην ὁρμήν Ael.NA14.10
.b distributively, whether of Time, π. τὰ ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτεα in each complete period of seventy years, Hdt.1.32;ἐν ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις π. στάδια διακόσια.. τοῖς ἑκατὸν σταδίοις διήνεγκαν ἀλλήλων X.Oec.20.18
; πὰρ Ϝέτος each year, every year, Tab.Heracl. 1.101;π. τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ἕκαστον IG12(7).5.14
([place name] Amorgos); παρ' ἆμάρ τε καὶ νύκτα day and night, B.Fr.7; or more generally, πὰρ τὰν ἐλαίαν in respect of each olive plant, Tab.Heracl.1.122; παρ' ἡμέραν αἱ ἀμίαι πολὺ ἐπιδήλως αὐξάνονται from day to day, per day, Arist.HA 571a21;τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην βάσιν γινόμενον μικρὸν πολὺ γίνεται π. πολλάς Id.Pr. 881b26
;ἡ παρ' ἡμέραν χάρις D.8.70
;τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἡδύ Pl. Lg. 705a
.c παρ' ἆμαρ on (this) day, to-day, τὸ μὲν πὰρ ἆμαρ, τὸ δέ .. to-day and to-morrow, Pi.P.11.63; but παρ' ἦμαρ to-morrow, S. OC 1455 (lyr.).d throughout a period of time,π. τὴν ζόην Hdt. 7.46
;π. τὸν βίον ἅπαντα Pl.Lg. 733a
;π. πάντα τὸν χρόνον D.18.10
; also more loosely, during, π. τὴν πόσιν while they were drinking, Hdt.2.121.δ; π. τὸν πότον Aeschin.2.156
;π. τὴν κύλικα Plu.Ant.24
; π. δεῖπνον or π. τὸ δεῖπνον, Id.2.737a,674f.II along,ὄνος παρ' ἄρουραν ἰών Il.11.558
;βῆ δὲ θέειν π. τεῖχος 12.352
;π. ῥόον Ὠκεανοῖο ᾔομεν Od. 11.21
;ἔπλεον π. τὴν ἤπειρον Hdt.7.193
;π. πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδόν Isoc.4.148
; ὀρθὴν παρ' οἶμον.. τύμβον κατόψει straight along the road, E.Alc. 835;παρ' ὅλην τὴν φάραγγα Plb.10.30.3
; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χαράδραν παραπορευομένων ib.9; for παραβάλλειν π., v. supr. c. 1.4b.2 strictly according to, without deviating from,εἶμι π. στάθμην ὀρθὴν ὁδόν Thgn. 945
, cf. S.Fr.474.5; ὠμοί τε δούλοις πάντα καὶ π. στάθμην, i.e. too strict, A.Ag. 1045; π. τὸν λόγον ὃν ἀποφέρουσιν.. ἐπιδείξω I will prove to you strictly according to the accounts which they themselves submit, D.27.34.III past, beyond,παρὰ σκοπιὴν καὶ ἐρινεὸν ἠνεμόεντα.. ἐσσεύοντο Il.22.145
, cf. Od.3.172, 24.12;βῆ δὲ π. Κρουνούς h.Ap. 425
; π. τὴν Βαβυλῶνα παριέναι pass by Babylon, X.Cyr.5.2.29; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χύτραν ἄκραν ὁρῶντες looking over the edge of.., Ar.Av. 390.2 metaph., over and above, in addition to,οὐκ ἔστι π. ταῦτ' ἄλλα Id.Nu. 698
;π. ταῦτα πάντα ἕτερόν τι Pl.Phd. 74a
, cf.R. 337d, D.18.139, X.HG 1.5.5; ἑκὼν ἐπόνει π. τοὺς ἄλλους more than the others, Id.Ages.5.3, cf. Mem.4.4.1, Oec.20.16;ἃ τῷ ῥαψῳδῷ προσήκει καὶ σκοπεῖσθαι καὶ διακρίνειν π. τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους Pl. Ion 539e
.3 metaph., in excess over, πὰρ δύναμιν beyond one's strength, Il.13.787, cf. Th.1.70, Hyp.Lyc.16, Arist.Rh.Al. 1423b29;π. τὴν δ. Id.Po. 1451b38
.4 metaph., in transgression or violation of,π. μοῖραν Od.14.509
;π. μοῖραν Δίος Alc.Supp. 14.10
; παρ' αἶσαν, παρὰ δίκαν, Pi.P.8.13, O.2.16, etc.;π. τὸ δίκαιον Th.5.90
, etc.; π. τὰς σπονδάς, τὸν νόμον, Id.1.67, X.HG1.7.14;π. φύσιν Th.6.17
, cf. Pl.Lg. 747b; π. τὴν στήλην prob. in IG12.45.20; π. καιρόν out of season, Pi.O.8.24, etc.; π. γνώμαν ib.12.10, cf. A.Supp. 454; π. δόξαν, π. τὸ δοκοῦν ἡμῖν, π. λόγον, Th.3.93, 1.84, Plb.2.38.5; παρ' ἐλπίδα or ἐλπίδας, A.Ag. 899, S.Ant. 392, etc.; πὰρ μέλος out of tune, Pi.N.7.69;π. τὴν ἀξίαν Th.7.77
, etc.; π. τὸ εἰωθός, τὸ καθεστηκός, Id.4.17, 1.98.5 π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, = παρῆλθε τοσοῦτον κινδύνου, passed over so much ground within the sphere of danger, i.e. incurred such imminent peril, Id.3.49, cf. 7.2; in such phrases the tmesis was forgotten, and the acc. came to be governed by παρά, which thus came to mean 'by such and such a margin', ' with so much to spare', ἐνίκησαν π. πολύ, ἡσσηθέντες π. πολύ, Id.1.29, 2.89, cf. Pl. Ap. 36a; παρὰ δ' ὀλίγον ἀπέφυγες only just, E.IT 870 (lyr.); ; δεινότατον π. πολύ by far, Ar.Pl. 445; παρ' ὅσον quatenus, Luc.Nec.17, etc.; π. δύο ψήφους ἀπέφυγε by two votes, Hyp.Eux.28, cf. D.23.205;π. τέτταρας ψήφους μετέσχε τῆς πόλεως Is.3.37
; π. τοσοῦτον ἐγένετο αὐτῷ μὴ περιπεσεῖν by so much (= little) he missed falling in with.., Th.8.33; π. πέντε ναῦς πλέον ἀνδρὶ ἑκάστῳ ἢ τρεῖς ὀβολοὶ ὡμολογήθησαν ib.29; οὐ π. μικρὸν ἐποίησαν they made no little difference, Isoc.4.59.b in phrases like π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, τοσοῦτον was sts. understood of the interval from danger, etc., and παρά came to mean 'by so much short of' (τὸ π. μικρὸν ὥσπερ οὐδὲν ἀπέχειν δοκεῖ Arist.Ph. 197a29
), within such and such a distance of, so near to, τὴν Ἠϊόνα π. νύκτα ἐγένετο (sc. αὐτῷ) λαβεῖν he was within one night of taking E., Th.4.106; π. μικρὸν ἦλθον ἀποθανεῖν I came within a little of.., Isoc. 19.22, cf. Plb.1.43.7, Plu. Caes. 39; παρ' ἐλάχιστον ἦλθε.. ἀφελέσθαι was within an ace of taking away, Th.8.76; παρ' οὐδὲν μὲν ἦλθον ἀποκτεῖναι (were within a mere nothing, within an ace of killing him),ἐξεκήρυξαν δ' ἐκ πόλεως Aeschin. 3.258
, cf. Plu.Pyrrh. 14, Alex.62; π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε διαφυγεῖν so near he came to escaping, Luc.Cat.4; ;παρ' οὐδὲν ἐλθόντες τοῦ ἀποβαλεῖν Plb.1.45.14
, cf. 2.55.4, D.S.17.42: hence without ἐγένετο or ἐλθεῖν, π. μίαν μονάδα (less) by one, i.e. less one, Nicom.Ar.1.8; τεσσαράκοντα π. μίαν, = 39, 2 Ep.Cor.11.24; παρ' ἕνα τοσοῦτοι the same number less one, Plu. Publ.9; σύ μοι παρ' ἕνα ἥκεις ἄγων you have brought me one too few, Luc.Cat.4;δύναται π. δύο συλλαβὰς εἶναι τὸ καταληκτόν Heph.4.2
; τὰ ὁλοκόττινα ηὑρέθησαν π. ἑπτὰ κεράτια seven carats short, PMasp.70.2 (vi A. D.); πάντες παρ' ἕνα, πάντες παρ' ὀλίγους, all save one (a few), Plu.Cat.Mi.20, Ant.5;ἔτη δύο π. ἡμέρας δύο IG5(1).801
([place name] Laconia); of one Μάρκος, θηρίον εἶ π. γράμμα you are a bear ([etym.] ἄρκος) all but a letter, AP11.231 (Ammian.); ὡς π. τι καὶ τὰς ὄψεις ἀφανίσαι so that he all but (lit. less something) lost his sight, Vett.Val.228.6; π. τι βυθίζεσθαι v.l. in Ev.Luc.5.7; τὸ π. τοῦτο the figure less that, i.e. the remainder or difference, PTeb.99.10 (ii B. C.), cf. POxy.264.4 (i A. D.), PAmh.2.148.5 (v A. D.); hence of any difference whether of excess or defect, οὐδὲν π. τοῦτο ποιούμενοι τοὺς.. Λευκανούς τε καὶ τοὺς.. Σαυνίτας making no difference between.., Str.6.1.3, cf. 14.5.11, Plu.2.24c.6 hence of the margin by which anything increases or decreases, and so of the cause according to which anything comes into existence or varies,τὸ εὖ π. μικρὸν διὰ πολλῶν ἀριθμῶν γίνεται Polyclit.2
(cf. μικρός III. 5 c); διαφέρει π. τὰς τῶν παθημάτων ἐναντιώσεις according to.., Arist.HA 486b5;μεταπίπτει π. τὰ κλίματα Gem. 5.29
, cf. 11.5, al.; π. τὰ πράγματα cj. in Apollod.Car.11.7 more generally of the margin by which an event occurs, i.e. of the necessary and sufficient cause or motive (τὸ μὴ π. τοῦτο γίνεσθαι τότε λέγομεν, ὅταν ἀναιρεθέντος τούτου μηδὲν ἧττον περαίνηται ὁ συλλογισμός Arist.APr. 65b6
, cf. 48a24, al.), κεινὰν π. δίαιταν just for the sake of unsatisfying food, Pi.O.2.65; ἕκαστος οὐ π. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀμέλειαν οἴεται βλάψειν each thinks that his own negligence will not suffice to cause injury, Th.1.141, cf. Isoc.3.48; π. τὴν αὑτοῦ ἁμαρτίαν all through his own fault, Antipho 3.4.5, cf. Isoc.6.52, D.4.11, 18.232; πολλὰ.. ἐστιν αἴτια τούτων, καὶ οὐ παρ' ἓν οὐδὲ δύ' εἰς τοῦτο τὰ πράγματ' ἀφῖκται not from one or two causes only, Id.9.2; οὐ π. τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστι it does not follow that it is not.., 1 Ep.Cor.12.15; π. τὸ τὴν ἀρίθμησιν ποιήσασθαι ἐξ ἑτοίμου τοὺς ἐργώνας οὐκ ὀλίγα χρήματα περιεποίησε τῇ πόλει by the simple fact of prompt payment, IPE12.32B35 (Olbia, iii B. C.); , cf. Plb.3.103.2, 18.28.6, al.; οὐδεὶς παρ' ἑαυτόν ἐστι βασιλεύς thanks to himself alone, Aristeas 224;παρ' αὑτὸν ἀτυχεῖ Arr.Epict.3.24.2
, cf. Phld.Rh.2.16 S.;παρ' ἡμᾶς ἡ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀπόστασις Hierocl. in CA25p.477M.
; εἶναι π. τοῦτο σωτηρίαν τε πόλει καὶ τοὐναντίον, i.e. on this depends.., Pl.Lg. 715d, cf. X.Eq.Mag.1.5, D.C.Fr.36.5;π. μίαν ἡμέραν καὶ ἓν πρᾶγμα καὶ ἀπόλλυται προκοπὴ καὶ σῴζεται Epict.Ench.51.2
; π. τὸ Ἕλληνά με εἶναι just because I am a Greek, UPZ7.13 (ii B. C.);π. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν αὐτὸν αὐτήν LXX Ge.29.20
, cf. Ex.14.11; later more loosely, because of.., Phld.Rh.1.158 S., Gem.6.24, etc.; οὐδὲν π. σὲ γέγονε it is no fault of yours, PRyl.243.6 (ii A. D.), cf. POxy.1420.7 (ii A. D.).8 of a limit of possibility,εἴπερ ἐνεδέχετο π. τοὺς παρόντας καιρούς D.18.239
; πεῖσαι τό γε παρ' αὑτόν to persuade (the judges) so far as in you lies, Arr.Epict.2.2.20; οἴμωζε παρ' ἐμέ as far as I am concerned, for all I care, Ar.Av. 846.D POSITION: παρά may follow its Subst. in all three cases, but then becomes by anastrophe πάρα: when the ult. is elided, the practice varies,τῇσι παρ' Il.18.400
; but Ἡφαίστοιο πάρ' ib. 191.F πάρα (with anastrophe) stands for πάρεστι and πάρεισι, Il.1.174, Hes.Op. 454, A.Pers. 167, Hdt.1.42, al., S.El. 285, Ar.Ach. 862, etc.G IN COMPOS.,I alongside of, beside, of rest, παράκειμαι, παράλληλοι, παρέζομαι, πάρειμι (εἰμί), παρίστημι; of motion, παραπλέω, πάρειμι ([etym.] εἶμι).II to the side of, to, παραδίδωμι, παρέχω.IV metaph.,2 of comparison, as in παραβάλλω, παρατίθημι.3 of alteration or change, as in παραλλάσσω, παραπείθω, παραπλάσσω, παρατεκταίνω, παραυδάω, παράφημι.4 of a side-issue, παραπόλλυμι. (Cogn. with Goth. faúr 'along', Lat. por-.) -
7 καί
καί conjunction (Hom.+), found most frequently by far of all Gk. particles in the NT; since it is not only used much more commonly here than in other Gk. lit. but oft. in a different sense, or rather in different circumstances, it contributes greatly to some of the distinctive coloring of the NT style.—HMcArthur, ΚΑΙ Frequency in Greek Letters, NTS 15, ’68/69, 339–49. The vivacious versatility of κ. (for earlier Gk. s. Denniston 289–327) can easily be depressed by the tr. ‘and’, whose repetition in a brief area of text lacks the support of arresting aspects of Gk. syntax.① marker of connections, andⓐ single wordsα. gener. Ἰάκωβος καὶ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ Σίμων καὶ Ἰούδας Mt 13:55. χρυσὸν καὶ λίβανον καὶ σμύρναν 2:11. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή Ro 7:12. πολυμερῶς κ. πολυτρόπως Hb 1:1. ὁ θεὸς κ. πατήρ God, who is also the Father 1 Cor 15:24; cp. 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; Js 1:27; 3:9 al.—Connects two occurrences of the same word for emphasis (OGI 90, 19 [196 B.C.] Ἑρμῆς ὁ μέγας κ. μέγας; pap in Mayser II/1, 54) μείζων κ. μείζων greater and greater Hv 4, 1, 6. ἔτι κ. ἔτι again and again B 21:4; Hs 2, 6 (B-D-F §493, 1; 2; s. Rob. 1200).β. w. numerals, w. the larger number first δέκα καὶ ὁκτώ Lk 13:16. τεσσεράκοντα κ. ἕξ J 2:20. τετρακόσιοι κ. πεντήκοντα Ac 13:20.—The καί in 2 Cor 13:1 ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα=‘or’ ([v.l. ἢ τριῶν for καὶ τριῶν as it reads Mt 18:16]; cp. Js 4:13 v.l. σήμερον καὶ αὔριον=‘today or tomorrow’, but s. above all Thu. 1, 82, 2; Pla., Phd. 63e; X., De Re Equ. 4, 4 ἁμάξας τέτταρας καὶ πέντε; Heraclides, Pol. 58 τρεῖς καὶ τέσσαρας; Polyb. 3, 51, 12 ἐπὶ δυεῖν καὶ τρισὶν ἡμέραις; 5, 90, 6; Diod S 34 + 35 Fgm. 2, 28 εἷς καὶ δύο=one or two; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1091 p. 305, 22 W. τριέτης καὶ τετραέτης) by the statement of two or three witnesses every charge must be sustained, as explained by Dt 19:15.γ. adding the whole to the part and in general (Aristoph., Nub. 1239 τὸν Δία καὶ τοὺς θεούς; Thu. 1, 116, 3; 7, 65, 1) Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι Peter and the rest of the apostles Ac 5:29. οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς κ. τὸ συνέδριον ὅλον the high priest and all the rest of the council Mt 26:59. Vice versa, adding a (specially important) part to the whole and especially (πᾶς Ἰουδὰ καὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ 2 Ch 35:24; cp. 32, 33; 1 Macc 2:6) τοῖς μαθηταῖς κ. τῷ Πέτρῳ Mk 16:7. σὺν γυναιξὶ κ. Μαριάμ Ac 1:14.δ. The expr. connected by καί can be united in the form of a hendiadys (Alcaeus 117, 9f D.2 χρόνος καὶ καρπός=time of fruit; Soph., Aj. 144; 749; Polyb. 6, 9, 4; 6, 57, 5 ὑπεροχὴ καὶ δυναστεία=1, 2, 7; 5, 45, 1 ὑπεροχὴ τῆς δυναστείας; Diod S 5, 67, 3 πρὸς ἀνανέωσιν καὶ μνήμην=renewal of remembrance; 15, 63, 2 ἀνάγκη καὶ τύχη=compulsion of fate; 16, 93, 2 ἐπιβουλὴ κ. θάνατος=a fatal plot; Jos., Ant. 12, 98 μετὰ χαρᾶς κ. βοῆς=w. a joyful cry; 17, 82 ἀκρίβεια κ. φυλακή) ἐξίσταντο ἐπὶ τῇ συνέσει καὶ ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν αὐτοῦ they were amazed at his intelligent answers Lk 2:47. δώσω ὑμῖν στόμα κ. σοφίαν I will give you wise utterance 21:15. τροφὴ κ. εὐφροσύνη joy concerning (your) food Ac 14:17. ἐλπὶς κ. ἀνάστασις hope of a resurrection 23:6 (2 Macc 3:29 ἐλπὶς καὶ σωτηρία; s. OLagercrantz, ZNW 31, ’32, 86f; GBjörck, ConNeot 4, ’40, 1–4).ε. A colloquial feature is the coordination of two verbs, one of which should be a ptc. (s. B-D-F §471; Rob. 1135f) ἀποτολμᾷ κ. λέγει = ἀποτολμῶν λέγει he is so bold as to say Ro 10:20. ἔσκαψεν κ. ἐβάθυνεν (=βαθύνας) Lk 6:48. ἐκρύβη κ. ἐξῆλθεν (=ἐξελθών) J 8:59. Sim. χαίρων κ. βλέπων I am glad to see Col 2:5. Linking of subordinate clause and ptc. Μαριὰμ ὡς ἦλθεν … καὶ ἰδοῦσα J 11:32 v.l. Cp. παραλαβών … καὶ ἀνέβη Lk 9:28 v.l.ⓑ clauses and sentencesα. gener.: ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει κ. τέξεται υἱόν Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). εἰσῆλθον … κ. ἐδίδασκον Ac 5:21. διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ κ. συνάξει τὸν σῖτον Mt 3:12. κεκένωται ἡ πίστις καὶ κατήργηται ἡ ἐπαγγελία Ro 4:14 and very oft. Connecting two questions Mt 21:23, or quotations (e.g. Ac 1:20), and dialogue (Lk 21:8), or alternate possibilities (13:18).β. Another common feature is the practice, drawn fr. Hebrew or fr. the speech of everyday life, of using κ. as a connective where more discriminating usage would call for other particles: καὶ εἶδον καὶ (for ὅτι) σεισμὸς ἐγένετο Rv 6:12. καὶ ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς … καὶ (for ὅτι) ἔλεγον and the king learned that they were saying Mk 6:14 (s. HLjungvik, ZNW 33, ’34, 90–92; on this JBlinzler, Philol. 96, ’43/44, 119–31). τέξεται υἱὸν καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ (for οὗ τὸ ὄνομα καλ.) Mt 1:21; cp. Lk 6:6; 11:44. καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι καὶ ποιήσωμεν σκηνάς Mk 9:5. Esp. freq. is the formula in historical narrative καὶ ἐγένετο … καὶ (like וַ … וַיְהִי) and it happened or came about … that Mt 9:10; Mk 2:15; Lk 5:1 v.l. (for ἐγένετο δὲ … καὶ; so also the text of 6:12), 12, 17; 14:1; 17:11 al. (Gen 7:10 al.; JosAs 11:1; 22:1). S. MJohannessohn, Das bibl. Καὶ ἐγένετο u. seine Geschichte, 1926 (fr. ZVS 35, 1925, 161–212); KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT I, 1 ’62, 29–62; Mlt-Turner 334f; ÉDelebecque, Études Grecques sur L’Évangile de Luc ’76, 123–65; JVoelz, The Language of the NT: ANRW II/25/2, 893–977, esp. 959–64.—As in popular speech, κ. is used in rapid succession Mt 14:9ff; Mk 1:12ff; Lk 18:32ff; J 2:13ff; 1 Cor 12:5f; Rv 6:12ff; 9:1ff. On this kind of colloquial speech, which joins independent clauses rather than subordinating one to the other (parataxis rather than hypotaxis) s. B-D-F §458; Rdm.2 p. 222; Rob. 426; Dssm., LO 105ff (LAE 129ff), w. many references and parallels fr. secular sources. This is a favorite, e.g., in Polyaenus 2, 3, 2–4; 2, 4, 3; 3, 9, 10; 3, 10, 2; 4, 6, 1; 7, 36 al.γ. It is also coordination rather than subordination when κ. connects an expr. of time with that which occurs in the time (Od. 5, 362; Hdt. 7, 217; Thu. 1, 50, 5; Pla., Symp. 220c; Aeschin. 3, 71 νὺξ ἐν μέσῳ καὶ παρῆμεν; s. B-D-F §442, 4; KBrugmann4-AThumb, Griechische Gramm. 1913, 640*): ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα κ. παραδίδοται the time has come when he is to be given up Mt 26:45. κ. ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν when they crucified him Mk 15:25. κ. ἀνέβη εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα when he went up to Jerusalem J 2:13. κ. συντελέσω when I will make Hb 8:8 (Jer 38:31); cp. J 4:35; 7:33; Lk 19:43; 23:44; Ac 5:7.δ. καί introducing an apodosis is really due to Hebr./LXX infl. (B-D-F §442, 7; Abel §78a, 6 p. 341; Mlt-H. 422; KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT I, 1 ’62, 66–72; but not offensive to ears trained in good Gk.: s. Il. 1, 478; Hdt. 1, 79, 2; sim.Thu. 2, 93, 4 ὡς ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐχώρουν εὐθύς; 8, 27, 5; Herm. Wr. 13, 1 …, καὶ ἔφης; Delebecque [s. above in β] 130–32) καὶ ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ …, κ. ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 3:20. Also κ. ἰδού in an apodosis Lk 7:12; Ac 1:10.ε. connecting negative and affirmative clauses Lk 3:14. οὔτε ἄντλημα ἔχεις κ. τὸ φρέαρ ἐστὶ βαθύ you have no bucket, and the well is deep J 4:11; cp. 3J 10 (οὔτε … καί Eur., Iph. Taur. 591f; Longus, Past. 1, 17; 4, 28; Aelian, NA 1, 57; 11, 9; Lucian, Dial. Meretr. 2, 4 οὔτε πάντα ἡ Λεσβία, Δωρί, πρὸς σὲ ἐψεύσατο καὶ σὺ τἀληθῆ ἀπήγγελκας Μυρτίῳ ‘It wasn’t all lies that Lesbia told you, Doris; and you certainly reported the truth to Myrtium’). After a negative clause, which influences the clause beginning w. καί: μήποτε καταπατήσουσιν … κ. στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς Mt 7:6; cp. 5:25; 10:38; 13:15 (Is 6:10); 27:64; Lk 12:58; 21:34; J 6:53; 12:40 (Is 6:10); Ac 28:27 (Is 6:10); 1 Th 3:5; Hb 12:15; Rv 16:15.ζ. to introduce a result that comes fr. what precedes: and then, and so Mt 5:15; 23:32; Mk 8:34; 2 Cor 11:9; Hb 3:19; 1J 3:19. καὶ ἔχομεν and so we have 2 Pt 1:19. Esp. after the impv., or expr. of an imperatival nature (Soph., Oed. Col. 1410ff θέσθε … καὶ … οἴσει, El. 1207; Sir 2:6; 3:17) δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου καὶ ποιήσω and then I will make Mt 4:19. εἰπὲ λόγῳ, κ. ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου speak the word, and then my servant will be cured Mt 8:8; Lk 7:7; cp. Mt 7:7; Mk 6:22; Lk 10:28; J 14:16; Js 4:7, 10; Rv 4:1.—καί introduces a short clause that confirms the existence of someth. that ought to be: ἵνα τέκνα θεοῦ κληθῶμεν, καὶ ἐσμέν that we should be called children of God; and so we really are (καλέω 1d) 1J 3:1 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 40 §161 they were to conquer Sardinia, καὶ κατέλαβον=and they really took it; 4, 127 §531 one day would decide [κρίνειν] the fate of Rome, καὶ ἐκρίθη).η. emphasizing a fact as surprising or unexpected or noteworthy: and yet, and in spite of that, nevertheless (Eur., Herc. Fur. 509; Philostrat., Her. 11 [II 184, 29 Kayser] ῥητορικώτατον καὶ δεινόν; Longus, Past. 4, 17 βουκόλος ἦν Ἀγχίσης καὶ ἔσχεν αὐτὸν Ἀφροδίτη) κ. σὺ ἔρχῃ πρὸς μέ; and yet you come to me? Mt 3:14; cp. 6:26; 10:29; Mk 12:12; J 1:5, 10; 3:11, 32; 5:40; 6:70; 7:28; 1 Cor 5:2; 2 Cor 6:9; Hb 3:9 (Ps 94:9); Rv 3:1. So also, connecting what is unexpected or otherw. noteworthy with an attempt of some kind (JBlomqvist, Das sogennante και adversativum ’79): but ζητεῖ κ. οὐχ εὑρίσκει but he finds none (no resting place) Mt 12:43. ἐπεθύμησαν ἰδεῖν κ. οὐχ εἶδαν but did not see (it) 13:17; cp. 26:60; Lk 13:7; 1 Th 2:18. Cp. GJs 18:3 (not pap). Perhaps Mk 5:20. Introducing a contrasting response καὶ ἀποδώσεις μοι Hv 2, 1, 3.θ. to introduce an abrupt question, which may often express wonder, ill-will, incredulity, etc. (B-D-F §442, 8. For older lit. exx. of this usage s. Kühner-G. II p. 247f; for later times EColwell, The Gk. of the Fourth Gospel ’31, 87f): κ. πόθεν μοι τοῦτο; how have I deserved this? Lk 1:43. κ. τίς; who then? Mk 10:26; Lk 10:29; J 9:36. καὶ τί γέγονεν ὅτι … ; how does it happen that … ? 14:22. καὶ πῶς σὺ λέγεις … ; how is it, then, that you say … J 14:9 v.l. W. a protasis εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ λυπῶ ὑμᾶς, κ. τίς ὁ εὐφραίνων με; for if I make you sad, who then will cheer me up? 2 Cor 2:2 (cp. Ps.-Clem., Hom. 2, 43; 44 εἰ [ὁ θεὸς] ψεύδεται, καὶ τίς ἀληθεύει;). Thus Phil 1:22 is prob. to be punctuated as follows (s. ADebrunner, GGA 1926, 151): εἰ δὲ τὸ ζῆν ἐν σαρκί, τοῦτο μοι καρπὸς ἔργου, καὶ τί αἱρήσομαι; οὐ γνωρίζω but if living on here means further productive work, then which shall I choose? I really don’t know. καὶ πῶς αὐτοῦ υἱός ἐστιν; how, then, is he his son? Lk 20:44 (cp. Gen 39:9).ι. to introduce a parenthesis (Eur., Orest. 4, Hel. 393; X., Equ. 11, 2.—B-D-F §465, 1; Rob. 1182) κ. ἐκωλύθην ἄρχι τοῦ δεῦρο but so far I have been prevented Ro 1:13.ⓒ oft. explicative; i.e., a word or clause is connected by means of καί w. another word or clause, for the purpose of explaining what goes before it and so, that is, namely (PPetr II, 18 [1], 9 πληγὰς … καὶ πλείους=blows … indeed many of them.—Kühner-G. II 247; B-D-F §442, 9; Rob. 1181; Mlt-Turner 335) χάριν κ. ἀποστολήν grace, that is, the office of an apostle Ro 1:5. ἀπήγγειλαν πάντα καὶ τὰ τ. δαιμονιζομένων they told everything, namely what had happened to those who were possessed Mt 8:33. καὶ χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος that is, grace upon grace J 1:16. Cp. 1 Cor 3:5; 15:38.—Mt 21:5.—Other explicative uses are καὶ οὗτος, καὶ τοῦτο, καὶ ταῦτα (the first and last are in earlier Gk.: Hdt., X. et al.; s. Kühner-G. I 647; II 247) and, also ascensive and indeed, and at that Ἰ. Χρ., καὶ τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον J. Chr., (and) indeed him on the cross 1 Cor 2:2. καὶ τοῦτο Ro 13:11; 1 Cor 6:6, 8; Eph 2:8. καὶ ταῦτα w. ptc. and to be sure Hb 11:12. See B-D-F §290, 5; 425, 1; 442, 9.—The ascensive force of καί is also plain in Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον a Roman citizen, and uncondemned at that Ac 22:25. ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν an hour is coming, indeed it is already here J 5:25. προσέθηκεν καὶ τοῦτο ἐπὶ πᾶσιν καὶ κατέκλεισεν τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐν φυλακῇ added this on top of everything else, namely to put John in prison Lk 3:20.ⓓ After πολύς and before a second adj. καί is pleonastic fr. the viewpoint of modern lang. (earlier Gk.: Hom. et al. [Kühner-G. II 252, 1]; cp. Cebes 1, 1 πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα ἀναθήματα; 2, 3; B-D-F §442, 11) πολλὰ … κ. ἄλλα σημεῖα many other signs J 20:30 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 318). πολλὰ κ. βαρέα αἰτιώματα many severe charges Ac 25:7. πολλὰ … καὶ ἕτερα Lk 3:18 (cp. Himerius, Or. 40 [=Or. 6], 6 πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα). πολλοὶ καὶ ἀνυπότακτοι Tit 1:10.ⓔ introducing someth. new, w. loose connection: Mt 4:23; 8:14, 23, 28; 9:1, 9, 27, 35; 10:1; 12:27; Mk 5:1, 21; Lk 8:26; J 1:19 and oft.ⓕ καί … καί both … and, not only …, but also (Synes., Dreams 10 p. 141b καὶ ἀπιστεῖν ἔξεστι καὶ πιστεύειν.—B-D-F §444, 3; Rob. 1182; Mlt-Turner 335) connecting single expressions Mt 10:28; Mk 4:41; Ro 11:33; Phil 2:13; 4:12. κ. ἐν ὀλίγῳ κ. ἐν μεγάλῳ Ac 26:29. κ. ἅπαξ κ. δίς (s. ἅπαξ 1) Phil 4:16; 1 Th 2:18. Connecting whole clauses or sentences: Mk 9:13; J 7:28; 9:37; 12:28; 1 Cor 1:22. Introducing contrasts: although … yet (Anthol. VII, 676 Δοῦλος Ἐπίκτητος γενόμην καὶ σῶμʼ ἀνάπηρος καὶ πενίην ῏Ιρος καὶ φίλος ἀθανάτοις ‘I was Epictetus, a slave; crippled in body and an Iros [a beggar in Hom., Od.] in poverty, but dear to the Immortals’) J 15:24; Ac 23:3. καὶ … κ. οὐ Lk 5:36; J 6:36. καὶ οὐ … καί 17:25; κ. … κ. now … now Mk 9:22. On τὲ … καί s. τέ 2c. Somet. w. ἤ q.v. 1aβ.—HCadbury, Superfluous καί in the Lord’s Prayer (i.e. Mt 6:12) and Elsewhere: Munera Studiosa (=WHatch Festschr.) ’46.② marker to indicate an additive relation that is not coordinate to connect clauses and sentences, also, likewise, funct. as an adv.ⓐ simply κ. τὴν ἄλλην the other one also Mt 5:39; cp. vs. 40; 6:21; 12:45; Mk 1:38; 2:26; 8:7 and oft. Freq. used w. pronouns κἀγώ (q.v.). καὶ σύ Mt 26:73. κ. ὑμεῖς 20:4, 7; Lk 21:31; J 7:47 and oft. κ. αὐτός (s. αὐτός 1f).ⓑ intensive: even Mt 5:46f; 10:30; Mk 1:27; Lk 10:17; J 14:9 v.l.; Ac 5:39; 22:28; Ro 9:24 (ἀλλὰ καί); 1 Cor 2:10; 2 Cor 1:8; Gal 2:17; Eph 5:12; Phlm 21; Hb 7:25; 1 Pt 4:19 (but s. d below); Jd 23; Hs 5, 2, 10; 7:1; ἔτι καὶ νῦν Dg 2:3. CBlackman, JBL 87, ’68, 203f would transl. Ro 3:26b: … even in the act of declaring righteous (cp. the gen. abs. Polemon Soph. B 14 Reader καὶ Δάτιδος ἀποπλέοντος=even though Datis was sailing away). In formulas expressing a wish: ὄφελον καί if only, would that Gal 5:12. In connection w. a comparative: κ. περισσότερον προφήτου one who is even more than a prophet Mt 11:9. κ. μείζονα ποιήσει J 14:12.ⓒ In sentences denoting a contrast καί appears in var. ways, somet. in both members of the comparison, and oft. pleonastically, to our way of thinking καθάπερ …, οὕτως καί as …, thus also 2 Cor 8:11. ὥσπερ …, οὕτως καί (Hyperid. 1, 2, 5–8) Ro 5:19; 11:30f; 1 Cor 11:12; 15:22; Gal 4:29. ὡς …, οὕτως καί Ro 5:15, 18. ὸ̔ν τρόπον …, οὕτως καί 2 Ti 3:8.—οὕτως καί thus also Ro 6:11. ὡσαύτως καί in the same way also 1 Cor 11:25. ὁμοίως καί (Jos., Bell. 2, 575) J 6:11; Jd 8. ὡς καί Ac 11:17; 1 Cor 7:7; 9:5. καθὼς καί Ro 15:7; 1 Cor 13:12; 2 Cor 1:14; Eph 4:17. καθάπερ καί Ro 4:6; 2 Cor 1:14.—καί can also stand alone in the second member w. the mng. so also, so. ὡς … καί Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20. καθὼς … καί Lk 6:31 v.l.; J 6:57; 13:15; 1 Cor 15:49.—οἷος …, τοιοῦτος καί 1 Cor 15:48. After a comp. ὅσῳ καί by so much also Hb 8:6. καί is found in both members of the comparison (s. Kühner-G. II 256; 2 Macc 2:10; 6:14) Ro 1:13; 1 Th 2:14. καθὼς καὶ … οὕτως καί Col 3:13 (cp. Hyperid. 1, 40, 20–25 ὥσπερ καὶ … οὕτω καί; 3, 38).ⓓ w. expressions that introduce cause or result, here also pleonastic to a considerable degree διὰ τοῦτο καί for this reason (also) Lk 11:49; J 12:18. διὸ καί Lk 1:35; Ac 10:29; Ro 4:22; Hb 13:12. εἰς τοῦτο καί 2 Cor 2:9. ὥστε καί 1 Pt 4:19 (but this pass. may well fit in b). ὅθεν καί Hb 7:25; 11:19.ⓔ after an interrogative (as Thu., X., et al.; s. Kühner-G. II 255. S. also B-D-F §442, 14) at all, still ἱνατί καὶ τ. γῆν καταργεῖ; Lk 13:7. τί καί; (Hyperid. 3, 14 τί καὶ ἀδικεῖ; what kind of wrong, then, is he committing?) τί καὶ ἐλπίζει; why does he still (need to) hope? Ro 8:24. v.l. τί καὶ βαπτίζονται; why are they baptized (at all)? 1 Cor 15:29; cp. vs. 30.ⓕ used w. a relative, it oft. gives greater independence to the foll. relative clause: Mk 3:14; Lk 10:30; J 11:2 v.l.; Ac 1:3, 11; 7:45; 10:39; 11:30; 12:4; 13:22; 28:10; Ro 9:24; 1 Cor 11:23; Gal 2:10; Col 1:29 al.ⓖ used pleonastically w. prep.α. μετά (BGU 412, 6 μετὰ καὶ τ. υἱοῦ) Phil 4:3.β. σύν (ins in PASA III 612; PFay 108; BGU 179, 19; 515, 17) 1 Cl 65:1.—Dssm., NB 93 (BS 265f).ⓗ w. double names ὁ καί who is also called … (the earliest ex. in a fragment of Ctesias: 688 Fgm. 15, 51 p. 469, 23 Jac. ῏Ωχος καὶ Δαρειαῖος [s. Hatch 141]; OGI 565; 574; 583; 589; 603; 604; 620; 623; 636; POxy 45; 46; 54; 101; 485; 1279; PFay 30; BGU 22, 25; 36, 4; Jos., Ant. 1, 240; 5, 85; 12, 285; 13, 320; 18, 35. Further material in WSchmid, Der Atticismus III 1893, 338; Dssm., B 181ff [BS 313–17]. Lit. in B-D-F §268, 1) Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9. Ἰγνάτιος, ὁ καὶ Θεοφόρος ins of all the letters of Ign.ⓘ with other particlesα. καὶ γάρ for (s. γάρ 1b).—καὶ γὰρ … ἀλλά (or granted that … but) 2 Cor 13:4; Phil 2:27.—καὶ γὰρ οὐ(κ): neither 1 Cor 11:9; for even … not 2 Cor 3:10.β. καί γε (without intervening word [opp. earlier Gk, e.g. Pla., Phd. 58d; Rep. 7, 531a]: Hippocr., Septim. 9, VII 450 Littré; Cornutus p. 40, 12; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; Rhetor Apsines [III A.D.] p. 332, 17 Hammer; TestReub 4:4 al.; for גָּם always in Theod. [DBarthélemy, Les devanciers d’Aquila ’63, 31ff]), weakened force: (if) only or at least Lk 19:42 v.l.; intensive: indeed (Jos. Ant 29, 19) Ac 2:18 (J 3:2 v.l.; Mel., P. 30, 207); Hm 8:5; 9:9. καί γε οὐ μακράν= and indeed God is not far Ac 17:27.—Kühner-G. II 176b; Schwyzer II 561; B-D-F §439, 2; Rdm.2 35–37.γ. καὶ … δέ and also, but also (s. δέ 5b).δ. καίτοι (Il. 13, 267 et al., ins, pap; 4 Macc 2:6; 5:18; 7:13; Ath. 8, 1 al.; Mel., P. 58, 422) particle (B-D-F §425, 1; 450, 3; Rob. 1129 and 1154) w. finite verb (Chion, Ep. 3, 1; Jos. Ant. 5, 78) yet, on the other hand Ac 14:17. W. gen. abs. foll. (BGU 850, 4 [76 A.D.] καίτοι ἐμοῦ σε πολλὰ ἐρωτήσαντος; 898, 26; Philo, Vi. Mos. 1, 20; Jos., Ant. 2, 321; Ath. 19, 2; 25, 2) Hb 4:3.—καίτοι γε or καί τοι γε (since Aristoph., Ach. 611; but esp. in later Gk. [cp. Schwyzer II 561; MMeister, De Aiocho dial., Breslau diss. 1915 p. 31, 5]; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 364b; Jos., Bell. 1, 7, Ant. 5, 36; Epict. 3, 24, 90; Just., A II, 11, 2; D. 7, 3; Ath. 3, 1; 22, 7; SIG 685, 76 and 82 [139 B.C.]) although J 4:2; Ac 14:17 v.l.; Dg 8:3. W. part. foll. (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 230; Mel., P. 58, 422) AcPt Ox 849, 18.—Kühner-G. II 151f; B-D-F §439, 1; 450, 3.—For ἀλλὰ κ., δὲ και, ἐὰν κ., εἰ κ., ἢ κ. s. ἀλλά, δέ, ἐάν, εἰ, ἤ.—ERobson, KAI-Configurations in the Gk. NT, 3 vols. diss. Syracuse ’79. LfgrE s.v. καί col. 1273f (lit.). DELG. M-M. EDNT. -
8 φωνή
φωνή, ῆς, ἡ (s. prec. entry; Hom.+).① an auditory effect, sound, tone, noise the source of which is added in the gen.: of musical instruments (Pla., Rep. 3, 397a ὀργάνων; Eur., Tro. 127 συρίγγων; Plut., Mor. 713c ψαλτηρίου καὶ αὐλοῦ; Aristoxenus, Fgm. 6; Paus. Attic. α, 169; Ex 19:16, Is 18:3 and PsSol 8:1 σάλπιγγος; cp. ParJer 3:2; Is 24:8 κιθάρας; Aristobul. in Eus., PE 8, 10, 13=p. 144, 94f Holladay) σάλπιγγος Mt 24:31 v.l.; D 16:6. φωναὶ τῆς σάλπιγγος blasts of the trumpet Rv 8:13b; or of those who play them κιθαρῳδῶν 14:2d; 18:22a; cp. 10:7. Of the noise made by a millstone 18:22b. Of a shout produced by a crowd of people φωνὴ ὄχλου πολλοῦ 19:1, 6a (cp. Da 10:6 Theod.; also λαοῦ πολλοῦ PsSol 8:2). Of the sound caused by spoken words (Da 10:9; Just., D. 131, 2 μηδὲ μέχρι φωνῆς) ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ ἀσπασμοῦ σου Lk 1:44. φωνὴ ῥημάτων sound of words Hb 12:19. Cp. 1 Cl 27:7 (Ps 18:4). ἔσομαι φωνή I will be just a meaningless sound (in contrast to Ignatius functioning as a λόγος θεοῦ [=meaningful expression of God] if his adherents abstain from pleas in his behalf) IRo 2:1 (s. ἠχώ). Abs. of the sound made by a wail of sorrow (cp. TestJob 40:9; TestIss 1:4) Mt 2:18 (Jer 38:15). μεγάλη φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐν τ. οὐρανῷ GPt 9:35.—Of musical instruments it is said that they φωνὴν διδόναι produce sound (in ref. to mere sonant capability in contrast to distinguishable notes) 1 Cor 14:7f.—In Rv we have ἀστραπαὶ καὶ φωναὶ καὶ βρονταί (cp. Ex 19:16) 4:5; 8:5; 11:19; 16:18 (are certain other sounds in nature thought of here in addition to thunder, as e.g. the roar of the storm? In Ex 19:16 φωναὶ κ. ἀστραπαί are surely thunder and lightning. But in Ex 9:23, 28; 1 Km 12:18 the mng. of φωναί remains unclear. Cp. also Esth 1:1d φωναί, βρονταί).—Freq. in imagery: of wind sound J 3:8; cp. Ac 2:6. Of thunderclap (1 Km 7:10; GrBar 6:13) Rv 6:1; 14:2c; 19:6c. Of roar of water (Ezk 1:24b) 1:15b; 14:2b; 19:6b. Of whirring of wings (Ezk 1:24a) 9:9a. Of the clatter of chariots 9:9 b (cp. Ezk 3:13; 26:10).② the faculty of utterance, voice (Tat. 15:3 προύχει τῶν θηρίων ὁ ἄνθρωπος κατὰ τὴν ἔναρθον φωνήν=humankind excels beasts in articulate utterance)ⓐ gener. of sonant aspect: any form of speech or other utterance w. the voice can take place μετὰ φωνῆς μεγάλης Lk 17:15; ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ Rv 5:2; 14:7, 9; mostly φωνῇ μεγάλῃ (TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 20f [Stone p. 12]; ParJer 2:2; Achilles Tat. 8, 1, 1; SibOr 3, 669; 5, 63) Mt 27:46, 50; Mk 1:26; 5:7; 15:34; Lk 1:42 v.l. (s. κραυγή 1b); 4:33; 8:28; 19:37; J 11:43; Ac 7:57, 60; 8:7; Rv 6:10; 7:2, 10 al.; IPhld 7:1a. μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῃ (Diod S 1, 70, 5; 8, 23, 3; Lucian, Hist. Conscr. 1, Tim. 9; ParJer 9:8; Jos., Bell. 6, 188) Ac 14:10 v.l. 26:24; ἐν ἰσχυρᾷ φωνῇ Rv 18:2. ἐν φωνῇ μιᾷ IEph 4:2; μιᾷ φ. (Pla., Laws 1, 634e; Diod S 11, 9, 3; 11, 26, 6; 19, 81, 2; Ael. Aristid. 24, 4 K.=44 p. 825 D.; Lucian, Nigr. 14) ApcPt 5:19.—αἴρειν φωνήν (αἴρω 1b) Lk 17:13; πρός τινα Ac 4:24. ἐπαίρειν φωνήν (ParJer 9:14; s. ἐπαίρω 1) Lk 11:27; Ac 2:14; 14:11; 22:22; AcPl Ha 6, 33. ἀκούειν τῆς φωνῆς τινος hear someone speaking or calling (TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 10 [Stone p. 62]; TestJob 42:3; TestJos 9:4; ParJer 3:10) J 5:25, 28; 10:3; Hb 3:7, 15; 4:7 (the last three Ps 94:7); w. a neg. and acc. (φωνήν) Mt 12:19 (cp. Is 42:2); J 5:37. The same expr.=listen to someone’s speech or call, follow someone (Gen 3:17) 10:16, 27; 18:37; Rv 3:20; B 8:7; cp. 9:2 (s. Ex 15:26).—(ἡ) φωνὴ (τοῦ) νυμφίου (cp. Jer 25:10) J 3:29 (cp. Arrian, Cyneg. 17, 1 the dogs χαίρουσιν τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ δεσπότου γνωρίζουσαι); Rv 18:23.ⓑ voice as it varies from individual to individual or fr. one mood to another (X., An. 2, 6, 9; Gen 27:22; Tat. 5:2) ἐπιγνοῦσα τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ Πέτρου Ac 12:14. Cp. J 10:4f (s. Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 320, horses). ἤθελον ἀλλάξαι τὴν φωνήν μου Gal 4:20 (ἀλλάσσω 1; φωνή=tone: Diod. S 8, 5, 4 πᾶσαν φωνήν=every variation in tone; Artem. 4, 56 p. 235, 15).ⓒ that which the voice gives expression to: call, cry, outcry, loud or solemn declaration (Sb 7251, 21 [III/IV A.D.]=order, command) ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀφεὶς φωνὴν μεγάλην Mk 15:37. φωνὴ ἐγένετο μία a single outcry arose Ac 19:34 (cp. Jos., Vi. 133). Cp. 22:14; 24:21. Pl. (Ael. Aristid. 52, 3 K.=28 p. 551 D.: ἦσαν φωναί; Jos., Vi. 231, Ant. 15, 52) φωναὶ μεγάλαι loud cries Lk 23:23a; cp. 23b. ἐλάλησαν αἱ βρονταὶ τὰς ἑαυτῶν φωνάς the thunders sounded forth their crashing peals Rv 10:3b. θεοῦ φωνὴ (D φωναί) καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώπου (this is) the utterance of a god and not of a mere mortal Ac 12:22 (Just., D. 119, 6 τῇ φωνῇ τοῦ θεοῦ; cp. 21, 1 αἱ φωναὶ αὐτοῦ; Plut., Mor. 567f: a divine φωνή sounds forth fr. a φῶς μέγα that appears suddenly; Ael. Aristid. 45 p. 11 D.: Πυθίας φωνή; Epict. 3, 23, 20 ἰδοὺ φωναὶ φιλοσόφου; 3, 22, 50; Biogr. p. 454 people received sayings of Hippocr. ὡς θεοῦ φωνὰς κ. οὐκ ἀνθρωπίνου προελθούσας ἐκ στόματος). φωνὴ ἐνεχθεῖσα αὐτῷ a declaration (was) borne to him 2 Pt 1:17; cp. vs. 18. Also of sayings in scripture αἱ φωναὶ τῶν προφητῶν Ac 13:27 (Ath. 9, 1; cp. Diod S 19, 1, 4 ἡ Σόλωνος φωνή; 20, 30, 2 τῆς τοῦ μάντεως [=τοῦ δαιμονίου] φωνῆς; Diog. L. 8, 14 sayings of Pythagoras). Of apostolic tradition τὰ παρὰ ζώσης φωνῆς καὶ μενούσης Papias (2:4) (s. ζάω, end; on Papias’ ‘living voice’ s. ABaum, NTS 44, ’98, 144–51).ⓓ In accordance w. OT and Jewish usage gener. (s. Bousset, Rel.3 315. The Socratic δαιμόνιον [=ὁ θεός Ep. 1, 7] is called ἡ φωνή: Socrat., Ep. 1, 9 [p. 222, 34 Malherbe] τὸ δαιμόνιόν μοι, ἡ φωνή, γέγονεν, cp. Pla., Apol. 31d) ‘the voice’ oft. speaks, though the (heavenly) speaker neither appears nor is mentioned (cp. PGM 3, 119 ἐξορκίζω σε κατὰ τῆς ἑβραικῆς φωνῆς.—In most cases the divine voice is differentiated fr. the divinity: Theopompus [IV B.C.]: 115 Fgm. 69 Jac. [in Diog. L. 1, 115] when Epimenides wishes to build τὸ τῶν Νυμφῶν ἱερόν: ῥαγῆναι φωνὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ‘Ἐπιμενίδη, μὴ Νυμφῶν, ἀλλὰ Διός’=[when E. was building] a shrine for the Nymphs: a voice cried out from heaven, “Epimenides! Not for the Nymphs, but for Zeus!”; Plut., Mor. 355e; 775b; Oenomaus in Eus., PE 5, 28, 2 Lycurgus receives the laws ὑπὸ τῆς θεοῦ φωνῆς in Delphi; Artapanus; 726 Fgm. 3, 21 Jac. [in Eus., PE 9, 27, 21]; Jos., Ant. 1, 185 φ. θεία παρῆν; 3, 90 φ. ὑψόθεν; cp. 2, 267) ἰδοὺ φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα (on the voice fr. heaven s. the lit. s.v. βαπτίζω 2a; also JKosnetter, D. Taufe Jesu ’36, esp. 140–90, and FDölger, Ac V/3, ’36, 218–23) Mt 3:17; cp. 17:5. ἦλθεν φ. (ἐκ) Mk 9:7 v.l.; J 12:28; 30 v.l. (TestAbr A 10 p. 88, 15 [Stone p. 24] al.; cp. Ps. Callisth, 1, 45, 2f ἦλθεν φωνὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀδύτου the divine saying follows in direct discourse). ἐξῆλθεν φ. Rv 16:17 (ἐκ); 19:5 (ἀπό τοῦ θρόνου). γίνεται (ἐγένετο) φ. (ἐκ: Plut., Agis et Cleom. 807 [28, 3]: φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ γενέσθαι φράζουσαν; Ael. Aristid. 40, 22 K.=5 p. 62 D.: φωνῆς θείας γενομένης … ἐκ τοῦ μητρῴου [=temple of the Mother of the Gods]) Mk 1:11; 9:7; Lk 3:22; 9:35f; J 12:30 (v.l. ἦλθεν; s. above); Ac 10:13, 15 (both πρὸς αὐτόν); MPol 9:1a; GEb 18, 37 (verb of origin understood), cp. ibid. ln. 38; ἐγένετο φ. κυρίου Ac 7:31 (cp. Jos., Vi. 259 ἐγένοντο φωναί). ἀπεκρίθη φ. ἐκ τ. οὐρανοῦ 11:9; ἦχος φωνῆς μοι ἀπεκρίθη Hv 4, 1, 4. ἀκούειν φωνήν hear a voice (also w. such additions as λέγουσαν, ἐκ w. gen. of place, μεγάλην, gen. of the speaker) Ac 9:4; 22:9; 26:14; Rv 6:6f; 9:13; 10:4, 8; 12:10; 14:2; 18:4; MPol 9:1b; EpilMosq 4; φωνῆς w. the same mng. (w. corresp. additions) Ac 9:7; 11:7; 22:7 (MMeyer, The Light and Voice on the Damascus Road: Forum 2, ’86, 27–35 [Nag Hammadi pp. 30–32]); Rv 11:12; 14:13; 16:1; 21:3; GPt 10:41. Paul speaks διὰ φωνῆς πνεύματος ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 5.ⓔ special cases: ἐπέστρεψα βλέπειν τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις ἐλάλει μετʼ ἐμοῦ I turned around to see (to whom) the voice that was speaking to me (belonged) Rv 1, 12 (cp. X., Hell. 5, 1, 22 σκεψόμενοι τίς ἡ κραυγή; Aesop 248b H.=141 P.=146 H-H. ἐπεστράφη πρὸς τὴν φ.). φ. βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ (it is) the voice of one calling out in the wilderness (Is 40:3; cp. En 9:2; Jos., Bell. 6, 301) Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4. Referring to Is 40:3, John the Baptist applies its words to himself J 1:23 the voice of one calling out in the wilderness (Ael. Aristid. 49, 5 K.=25 p. 489 D.: φ. λέγοντός του ‘τεθεράπευσαι’; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 1 p. 364a φωνὴ βοῶντός του).—B 9:3.③ a verbal code shared by a community to express ideas and feelings, language (Aeschyl., Hdt. et al.; Cebes 33, 6; Aelian, VH 12, 48; Herodian 5, 3, 4; Diog. L. 8, 3; SEG VIII, 548, 17 [I B.C.]; PLond I, 77, 13 p. 232 [Christ. VIII A.D.]; PGM 12, 188 πᾶσα γλῶσσα κ. πᾶσα φωνή; Gen 11:1; Dt 28:49; 2 Macc 7:8, 21, 27; 4 Macc 12:7; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 1; 50; 73 al.; Just., A I, 31, 1; Tat. 37, 1; Mel., P. 29, 199) 1 Cor 14:10f; 2 Pt 2:16 (an animal w. ἀνθρώπου φ. as Appian, Bell. Civ. 4:4 §14 βοῦς φωνὴν ἀφῆκεν ἀνθρώπου; schol. on Appolon. Rhod. 2, 1146 ὁ κριὸς ἀνθρωπίνῃ χρησάμενος φωνῇ; sim. TestAbr A 3 p. 79, 19 [Stone p. 6]; sim. TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 10 [St. p. 62] a tree; ParJer 7:2 an eagle; Philo, Op. M. 156); Dg 5:1. ὁ λέων εἶπεν μιᾷ φωνῇ AcPlHa 5, 4 (on the probability that μια was misread for θεια s. the editor’s note, p. 41, 4).—B. 1248; 1260. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
9 τοιοῦτος
A- οῦτον Th.7.21
, Pl.Hp.Ma. 281b, etc., which is the [dialect] Ep. form (v. Od.7.309, 13.330), and seems to prevail in Hdt. (2.5, 150, 3.27, 85, 5.106 (v. l.), 7.103), Gem. (2.20, al.), etc., while we find τοιοῦτο in A.Pr. 801, Ag. 315, Ar.Ra. 1399 cod. Rav., Men.Sam. 160, Pk. 236, v. l. in Th.7.86: both forms occur in Pap.,τοιοῦτον PAmh.2.29.17
(iii B. C.), UPZ146.8,32 (ii B. C.), Phld. Rh.1.249, 2.270 S., Ir.p.33 W.;τοιοῦτο PEnteux.27.8
(iii B. C.), PCair.Zen.379.8, 482.13 (iii B. C.), Phld.Ir.p.42 W., Rh.2.243 S. (citing Metrod.):—[dialect] Aeol. [full] τέουτος Lyr.Adesp.51 (cod. A Heph.); fem.τεαύτα Sapph. Supp.13.4
, Alc.Supp.8.5, 25.10:—a stronger form of τοῖος, bearing the same relation to τοιόσδε as οὗτος to ὅδε, such as this, in Hom. not so common as τοῖος, but in [dialect] Att. the most common of the three forms; anteced. to οἷος, Od.4.269, Pl.Smp. 199d, etc.; to ὡς, Il.21.428; to ὅς, ὅς, ὅσπερ, S.Ant. 691, Th.1.21, Lys.13.1, 30.14, X. Lac.7.5, Pl.R. 349d, etc.; to οἷόσπερ, v. l. in X.Cyr.6.2.2; less freq. to a Conj., as ὥστε, A.Ag. 1075, Pl.Smp. 175d: freq. also abs., Pi. O.6.16, Hdt.2.2, etc.; freq. with implications, so good, so noble, so bad, etc., Il.7.242, etc.; τοιοῦτον.. ἐστὶ τὸ.. τέλειον ἄνδρα εἶναι so great a thing is it.., Pl.Hp.Ma. 281b; τοιοῦτος ὤν being such a wretch, S.Aj. 1298, cf. Ph. 1049; εἴς τι τοιοῦτον ἐμπίπτειν οὗ .. into such a condition in which.., Pl.Grg. 511c; freq. coupled with τοσοῦτος, Th.5.63, X.Cyr.2.4.6, etc.; with οὗτος, Pl.R. 461e, X.Cyr. 8.2.26, etc. (so in the expression οὗτος τοιοῦτος, αὕτη τοιαύτη, just as he (she, it) is, of slaves or animals for sale, POxy.95.19 (ii A. D.), etc.); εἰς σὲ τοιοῦτος ἐγένετο, τ. γίγνου περὶ τοὺς γονεῖς, so disposed towards.., X.Cyr.5.2.27, Isoc.1.14: c. dat., τ. ἦσθα τοῖς λόγοισι such in thy words, S.Ph. 1271: τ. ἕτερος such another, Hdt.3.47; ἕτερα τοιαῦτα, ἕτερον τοιοῦτον, Id.1.120, 2.5; referring to what precedes, Id.3.82, Pl.Lg. 904d; used instead of repeating an Adj.,ἀθάνατος εἶναι καὶ στρατιῆς τ. ἄρχειν Hdt.1.207
, cf. 3.82, 7.10. έ, Th.3.58: with the Art.,οἱ τοιοῦτοι A.Pr. 952
, Ch. 291, S.OC 642, Hp.Art.42;τὰ τ. Pi. O.9.40
; cod.A.2 the sense is made more indef. in τοιοῦτός τις or τις τοιοῦτος such a one, Pi.O.6.16, Th.1.132, etc.;τοιαῦτ' ἄττα Pl.R. 386a
; in this case it may freq. be rendered by an Adv., ἡ διάρριψις τοιαύτη τις ἐγένετο took place in this wise, X.An.5.8.7;ἐγένετο ἡ διακομιδὴ τοιαύτη τις Plb.3.45.6
.3τὸτ.
such a proceeding,Th.
1.76, etc.; διὰ τὸ τ. for such a reason, Id.7.21;ἐκ τοῦ τ. Id.3.37
; ἐν τῷ τ. in such a case, ib.81, etc. (but also ἐν τῷ τ. in such a place, X.Ages.6.7;ἐν τ. τῆς οἰκίας Id.Eq.4.1
); also ἐν τ. εἶναι τοῦ κινδύνου to be in such a state of peril, Id.An.1.7.5.4 in narrative, τοιαῦτα prop. refers to what goes before,τοιαῦτα μὲν δὴ ταῦτα A.Pr. 500
;καὶ ταῦτα μὲν τ. S.El. 696
, cf. X.An.2.5.12, etc.; cf. τοιόσδε fin.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τοιοῦτος
-
10 ἐπάϊστος
A heard of, detected, usu. c. part.,ἐ. ἐγένετο ἐργασμένος Hdt.2.119
;ἐ. ἐγένετο προδιδούς Id.8.128
, cf. 6.74;ἐ. ἐγένετο ὑπὸ Καμβύσεω Id.3.15
, cf. 7.146; perceived, Ant.Lib.34.4. Adv.- τως Onat.
ap. Stob.1.1.39 (dub.).Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπάϊστος
-
11 ἐκ
ἐκ, before vowels ἐξ, prep. w. gen. (Hom.+; s. lit. s.v. ἀνά and εἰς beg.)① marker denoting separation, from, out of, away fromⓐ w. the place or thing fr. which separation takes place. Hence esp. w. verbs of motion ἀναβαίνω, ἀναλύω, ἀνίστημι, ἐγείρομαι, εἰσέρχομαι, ἐκβάλλω, ἐκπορεύομαι, ἐξέρχομαι, ἔρχομαι, ἥκω, καταβαίνω, μεταβαίνω, ῥύομαι, συνάγω, φεύγω; s. these entries. καλεῖν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου Mt 2:15 (Hos 11:1); ἐκ σκότους 1 Pt 2:9. αἴρειν ἐκ τ. κόσμου J 17:15. ἐξαλείφειν ἐκ τῆς βίβλου Rv 3:5 (Ex 32:32f; Ps 68:29). ἀποκυλίειν τ. λίθον ἐκ τ. θύρας Mk 16:3; cp. J 20:1; Rv 6:14; σῴζειν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγ. Jd 5; διασῴζειν ἐκ τ. θαλάσσης Ac 28:4. παραγίνεσθαι ἐξ ὁδοῦ arrive on a journey (lit. from, i.e. interrupting a journey) Lk 11:6; fig. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐξ ὁδοῦ bring back fr. the way Js 5:20; cp. 2 Pt 2:21. ἐκ τῆς χειρός τινος (Hebraistically מִיַּד פּ׳, oft. LXX; s. B-D-F §217, 2; Rob. 649) from someone’s power ἐξέρχεσθαι J 10:39; ἁρπάζειν 10:28f (cp. Plut., Ages. 615 [34, 6] ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν τῶν Ἐπαμινώνδου τ. πόλιν ἐξαρπάσας; JosAs 12:8 ἅρπασόν με ἐκ χειρὸς τοῦ ἐχθροῦ); ἐξαιρεῖσθαι Ac 12:11 (cp. Aeschin. 3, 256 ἐκ τ. χειρῶν ἐξελέσθαι τῶν Φιλίππου; Sir 4:9; Bar 4:18, 21 al.); ῥύεσθαι Lk 1:74; cp. vs. 71 (Ps 105:10; Wsd 2:18; JosAs 12:10); εἰρυσταί σε κύριος ἐκ χειρὸς ἀνόμου AcPlCor 1:8 (cp. ἐκ τούτων ἄπαντων PsSol 13:4).—After πίνειν, of the object fr. which one drinks (X., Cyr. 5, 3, 3): ἐκ τ. ποτηρίου Mt 26:27; Mk 14:23; 1 Cor 11:28; cp. 10:4; J 4:12. Sim. φαγεῖν ἐκ τ. θυσιαστηρίου Hb 13:10.ⓑ w. a group or company fr. which separation or dissociation takes place (Hyperid. 6, 17 and Lucian, Cyn. 13 ἐξ ἀνθρώπων) ἐξολεθρεύειν ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ Ac 3:23 (Ex 30:33; Lev 23:29). συμβιβάζειν ἐκ τ. ὄχλου 19:33; ἐκλέγειν ἐκ τ. κόσμου J 15:19; cp. Mt 13:41, 47; Ac 1:24; 15:22; Ro 9:24. For ἐκ freq. ἐκ μέσου Mt 13:49; Ac 17:33; 23:10; 1 Cor 5:2; 2 Cor 6:17 (cp. Ex 31:14).—ἀνιστάναι τινὰ ἔκ τινων Ac 3:22 (Dt 18:15); ἐκ νεκρῶν 17:31. ἐγείρειν τινὰ ἐκ νεκρῶν J 12:1, 9, 17; Ac 3:15; 4:10; 13:30; Hb 11:19; AcPlCor 2:6; ἀνίστασθαι ἐκ νεκρῶν Ac 10:41; 17:3; ἀνάστασις ἐκ νεκρ. Lk 20:35; 1 Pt 1:3; cp. Ro 10:7. Also s. ἠρεμέω.ⓒ of situations and circumstances out of which someone is brought, from: ἐξαγοράζειν ἔκ τινος redeem fr. someth. Gal 3:13; also λυτροῦν (cp. Sir 51:2) 1 Pt 1:18; σῴζειν ἔκ τινος save fr. someth. J 12:27; Hb 5:7; Js 5:20 (Od. 4, 753; MLetronne, Recueil des Inscr. 1842/8, 190; 198 σωθεὶς ἐκ; SIG 1130, 1f; UPZ 60:6f [s. διασῴζω]; PVat A, 7 [168 B.C.]=Witkowski 36, 7 διασεσῶσθαι ἐκ μεγάλων κινδύνων; Sir 51:11; EpJer 49; JosAs 4:8 ἐκ τοῦ … λιμοῦ); ἐξαιρεῖσθαι Ac 7:10 (cp. Wsd 10:1; Sir 29:12). τηρεῖν ἔκ τινος keep from someth. Rv 3:10; μεταβαίνειν ἔκ τινος εἴς τι J 5:24; 1J 3:14; μετανοεῖν ἔκ τινος repent and turn away fr. someth. Rv 2:21f; 9:20f; 16:11. ἀναπαύεσθαι ἐκ τ. κόπων rest fr. one’s labors 14:13. ἐγείρεσθαι ἐξ ὕπνου wake fr. sleep (Epict. 2, 20, 15; Sir 22:9; cp. ParJer 5:2 οὐκ ἐξυπνίσθη ἐκ τοῦ ὕπνου αὐτοῦ) Ro 13:11. ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν 11:15. ζῶντες ἐκ νεκρῶν people who have risen fr. death to life 6:13 (cp. Soph., Oed. R. 454; X., An. 7, 7, 28; Demosth. 18, 131 ἐλεύθερος ἐκ δούλου καὶ πλούσιος ἐκ πτωχοῦ γεγονώς; Palaeph. 3, 2). S. ἀνάστασις 2b.ⓓ of pers. and things with whom a connection is severed or is to remain severed: τηρεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ keep them fr. the evil one J 17:15; cp. Ac 15:29. Pregnant constr.: ἀνανήφειν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου παγίδος 2 Ti 2:26. νικᾶν ἔκ τινος free oneself from … by victory Rv 15:2 (for possible Latinism s. reff. to Livy and Velleius Paterculus in OLD s.v. ‘victoria’; but s. also RCharles, ICC Rv II, 33). ἐλεύθερος ἐκ 1 Cor 9:19 (cp. Eur., Herc. Fur. 1010 ἐλευθεροῦντες ἐκ δρασμῶν πόδα ‘freeing our feet from flight’ [=we recovered from our flight]). καθαρός εἰμι ἐγὼ ἐξ αὐτῆς I practiced abstinence with her GJs 15:4.② marker denoting the direction fr. which someth. comes, from καταβαίνειν ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους (Il. 13, 17; X., An. 7, 4, 12; Ex 19:14; 32:1 al.; JosAs 4:1 ἐκ τοῦ ὑπερῴου) Mt 17:9. θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται Lk 21:18. ἐκπίπτειν ἐκ τ. χειρῶν Ac 12:7. διδάσκειν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου Lk 5:3. ἐκ τῆς βάτου χρηματισμοῦ διδομένου 1 Cl 17:5 (cp. Just., A I, 62:3). ἐκ τῆς πρύμνης ῥίψαντες τὰς ἀγκύρας Ac 27:29. κρέμασθαι ἔκ τινος (Hom. et al.; 1 Macc 1:61; 2 Macc 6:10; Jos., Ant. 14, 107) 28:4. ἐκ ῥιζῶν to (lit. from) its roots (Job 28:9; 31:12) Mk 11:20; B 12:9.—Since the Greek feeling concerning the relation betw. things in this case differed fr. ours, ἐκ could answer the question ‘where?’ (cp. Soph., Phil. 20; Synes., Ep. 131 p. 267a ἐκ τῆς ἑτέρας μερίδος=on the other side; BGU 975, 11; 15 [45 A.D.]; PGM 36, 239; LXX; JosAs 16:12 εἱστήκει … ἐξ εὐωνύμων; 22:7) ἐκ δεξιῶν at (on) the right (δεξιός 1b) Mt 20:21, 23; 22:44 (Ps 109:1); 25:33; Lk 1:11; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8), 34 (Ps 109:1); 7:55f; B 11:10. ἐξ ἐναντίας opposite Mk 15:39 (Hdt. 8, 6, 2; Thu. 4, 33, 1; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 461, 6; Sir 37:9; Wsd 4:20 al.); ὁ ἐξ ἐναντίας the opponent (Sext. Emp., Adv. Phys. 1, 66 [=Adv. Math. 9, 66]; 2, 69 [=Adv. Math. 10, 69], Adv. Eth. 1, 25; Bias in Diog. L. 1, 84) Tit 2:8.—ἐκ τοῦ κατωτάτου ᾅδου … προσευχομένου Ἰωνᾶ AcPlCor 2:30.③ marker denoting origin, cause, motive, reason, from, ofⓐ in expr. which have to do w. begetting and birth from, of, by: ἐκ introduces the role of the male (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 9 ἐκ θεοῦ ἔστι; JosAs 21:8 συνέλαβεν Ἀσενὲθ ἐκ τοῦ Ἰωσήφ; Tat. 33, 3 συλλαμβάνουσιν ἐκ φθορέως; Ath. 22, 4 ἐκ τοῦ Κρόνου; SIG 1163, 3; 1169, 63; OGI 383, 3; 5 [I B.C.]) ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχειν ἔκ τινος Mt 1:18. κοίτην ἔχειν ἔκ τινος Ro 9:10; also of the female (SIG 1160, 3; PEleph 1, 9 [311/10 B.C.] τεκνοποιεῖσθαι ἐξ ἄλλης γυναικός; PFay 28, 9 γεννᾶσθαι ἐκ; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 14 Jac.; Jos., Ant. 1, 191; Ath. 20, 3 ἐξ ἧς παῖς Διόνυσος αὐτῷ) γεννᾶν τινα ἐκ beget someone by (a woman; s. γεννάω 1a) Mt 1:3, 5, etc. ἐκ Μαρίας ἐγεννῄθη AcPlCor 1:14; 2:5; γίνεσθαι ἐκ γυναικός (Jos., Ant. 11, 152; Ar. 9, 7) Gal 4:4; cp. vs. 22f.—γεννᾶσθαι ἐξ αἱμάτων κτλ. J 1:13; ἐκ τ. σαρκός 3:6; ἐκ πορνείας 8:41. ἐγείρειν τινὶ τέκνα ἐκ Mt 3:9; Lk 3:8. (τὶς) ἐκ καρποῦ τ. ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ Ac 2:30 (Ps 131:11). γεννᾶσθαι ἐκ τ. θεοῦ J 1:13; 1J 3:9; 4:7; 5:1, 4, 18 (Just., A I, 22, 2); ἐκ τ. πνεύματος J 3:6 (opp. ἐκ τ. σαρκός). εἶναι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ (Menand., Sam. 602 S. [257 Kö.]) J 8:47; 1J 4:4, 6; 5:19; opp. εἶναι ἐκ τ. διαβόλου J 8:44; 1J 3:8 (cp. OGI 90, 10 of Ptolemaeus Epiphanes ὑπάρχων θεὸς ἐκ θεοῦ κ. θεᾶς).ⓑ to denote origin as to family, race, city, people, district, etc.: ἐκ Ναζαρέτ J 1:46. ἐκ πόλεως vs. 44. ἐξ οἴκου Lk 1:27; 2:4. ἐκ γένους (Jos., Ant. 11, 136) Phil 3:5; Ac 4:6. ἐκ φυλῆς (Jos., Ant. 6, 45; 49; PTebt I, 26, 15) Lk 2:36; Ac 13:21; 15:23; Ro 11:1. Ἑβρ. ἐξ Ἑβραίων a Hebrew, the son of Hebrews Phil 3:5 (Goodsp., Probs., 175f; on the connotation of ancestral ἀρετή Phil 3:5 cp. New Docs VII 233, no. 10, 5). ἐκ σπέρματός τινος J 7:42; Ro 1:3; 11:1. ἐξ ἐθνῶν Ac 15:23; cp. Gal 2:15. Cp. Lk 23:7; Ac 23:34. ἐκ τ. γῆς J 3:31. For this ἐκ τῶν κάτω J 8:23 (opp. ἐκ τ. ἄνω). ἐκ (τούτου) τ. κόσμου 15:19ab; 17:14; 1J 2:16; 4:5. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30.—To express a part of the whole, subst.: οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ the Israelites Ro 9:6. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας selfish, factious people 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου partisans of the law 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ πίστεως those who have faith Gal 3:7, 9; cp. the sg. Ro 3:26; 4:16. οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς the circumcision party Ac 11:2; Ro 4:12; Gal 2:12. οἱ ἐκ τῆς περιτομῆς Tit 1:10. For this οἱ ὄντες ἐκ περιτομῆς Col 4:11. οἱ ἐκ τ. συναγωγῆς members of the synagogue Ac 6:9. οἱ ἐκ τῶν Ἀριστοβούλου Ro 16:10f. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22 (s. Καῖσαρ and οἰκία 3). In these cases the idea of belonging, the partisan use, often completely overshadows that of origin; cp. Dg 6:3.ⓒ to denote derivation (Maximus Tyr. 13, 3f φῶς ἐκ πυρός; Ath. 18:3 γένεσιν … ἐξ ὕδατος) καπνὸς ἐκ τ. δόξης τ. θεοῦ Rv 15:8 (cp. EpJer 20 καπνὸς ἐκ τ. οἰκίας). ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τ. Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν J 4:22. εἶναι ἔκ τινος come, derive from someone or someth. (Jos., Ant. 7, 209) Mt 5:37; J 7:17, 22; 1J 2:16, 21; εἶναι is oft. to be supplied Ro 2:29; 11:36; 1 Cor 8:6 ( Plut., Mor. 1001c); 11:12; 2 Cor 4:7; Gal 5:8. ἔργα ἐκ τοῦ πατρός J 10:32. οἰκοδομὴ ἐκ θεοῦ 2 Cor 5:1; χάρισμα 1 Cor 7:7; δικαιοσύνη Phil 3:9. φωνὴ ἐκ τ. στόματος αὐτοῦ Ac 22:14. Here belongs the constr. w. ἐκ for the subj. gen., as in ἡ ἐξ ὑμῶν (v.l.) ἀγάπη 2 Cor 8:7; ὁ ἐξ ὑμῶν ζῆλος 9:2 v.l.; Rv 2:9 (cp. Vett. Val. 51, 16; CIG II 3459, 11 τῇ ἐξ ἑαυτῆς κοσμιότητι; pap. [Rossberg 14f]; 1 Macc 11:33 χάριν τῆς ἐξ αὐτῶν εὐνοίας; 2 Macc 6:26). ἐγένετο ζήτησις ἐκ τ. μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου there arose a discussion on the part of John’s disciples J 3:25 (Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4 ζήτησις πολλὴ ἐκ πάντων ἐγένετο; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 24 §91 σφαγή τις ἐκ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐγένετο).ⓓ of the effective cause by, because of (cp. the ‘perfectivizing’ force of ἐκ and other prepositions in compounds, e.g. Mt 4:7; Mk 9:15. B-D-F §318, 5)α. personal in nature, referring to originator (X., An. 1, 1, 6; Diod S 19, 1, 4 [saying of Solon]; Arrian, Anab. 3, 1, 2; 4, 13, 6 of an inspired woman κατεχομένη ἐκ τοῦ θείου; Achilles Tat. 5, 27, 2; SibOr 3, 395; Just.: A I, 12, 5 ἐκ δαιμόνων φαύλων … καὶ ταῦτα … ἐνεργεῖσθαι, also D. 18, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 7, 85 H. ἐκ θεῶν σεσωσμένη; Ps.-Clem., Hom. p. 7, 19 Lag. τὸν ἐκ θεοῦ σοι ἀποδιδόμενον μισθόν): ὠφελεῖσθαι ἔκ τινος Mt 15:5; Mk 7:11. ζημιοῦσθαι 2 Cor 7:9. λυπεῖσθαι 2:2. εὐχαριστεῖσθαι 1:11. ἀδικεῖσθαι Rv 2:11. ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ ἐλάλησα J 12:49 (cp. Soph., El. 344 οὐδὲν ἐξ σαυτῆς λέγεις).β. impersonal in nature (Arrian, Anab. 3, 21, 10 ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐκ τ. τραυμάτων; 6, 25, 4; JosAs 29:8 ἐκ τοῦ τραύματος τοῦ λίθου; POxy 486, 32 τὰ ἐμὰ ἐκ τ. ἀναβάσεως τ. Νίλου ἀπολωλέναι): ἀποθανεῖν ἐκ τ. ὑδάτων Rv 8:11. πυροῦσθαι 3:18. σκοτοῦσθαι 9:2. φωτίζεσθαι 18:1. κεκοπιακὼς ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας J 4:6 (Aelian, VH 3, 23 ἐκ τοῦ πότου ἐκάθευδεν). ἔκαμον ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ GJs 15:1.ⓔ of the reason which is a presupposition for someth.: by reason of, as a result of, because of (X., An. 2, 5, 5; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 42 §185 ἐκ προδοσίας; POxy 486, 28f ἐκ τῆς ἐπιστολῆς; Just., A I, 68, 3 ἐξ ἐπιστολῆς; numerous examples in Mayser II/2 p. 388; Philo, De Jos. 184 ἐκ διαβολῆς; Jos., Vi. 430; JosAs 11 παραλελυμένη … ἐκ τῆς πολλῆς ταπεινώσεως; Ar. 8, 6 ἐκ τούτων … τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων τῆς πλάνης; Just., A I, 4, 1 ἐκ τοῦ … ὀνόματος; also inf.: 33, 2 ἵνα … ἐκ τοῦ προειρῆσθαι πιστευθῇ 68, 3 al.): δικαιοῦσθαι ἔκ τινος Ro 4:2; Gal 2:16; 3:24; cp. Ro 3:20, 30 (cp. εἴ τις ἐκ γένους [δίκαι]ος=has the right of citizenship by descent [i.e. has the law on his side]: letter of MAurelius 34, ZPE 8, ’71, 170); οὐκ … ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ he does not live because of his possessions Lk 12:15. ἐκ ταύτης τ. ἐργασίας Ac 19:25. ἐξ ἔργων λαβεῖν τὸ πνεῦμα Gal 3:2, 5; cp. Ro 11:6. ἐξ ἀναστάσεως λαβεῖν τ. νεκρούς Hb 11:35. ἐσταυρώθη ἐξ ἀσθενείας 2 Cor 13:4. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν as far as it depends on you Ro 12:18.—ἐκ τοῦ πόνου in anguish Rv 16:10; cp. vs. 11; 8:13.—ἐκ τούτου for this reason, therefore (SIG 1168, 47; 1169, 18; 44; 62f; BGU 423, 17=Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 480, 17) J 6:66; 19:12.ⓕ Sim. ἐκ can introduce the means which one uses for a definite purpose, with, by means of (Polyaenus 3, 9, 62 ἐξ ἱμάντος=by means of a thong) ἐκ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ Lk 16:9 (X., An. 6, 4, 9; PTebt 5, 80 [118 B.C.] ἐκ τ. ἱερῶν προσόδων; ParJer 1:7 [of Jerusalem] ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν σου ἀφανισθήτω; Jos., Vi. 142 ἐκ τ. χρημάτων); cp. 8:3.ⓖ of the source, fr. which someth. flows or comes:α. λαλεῖν ἐκ τ. ἰδίων J 8:44. ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύματος τ. καρδίας Mt 12:34. τὰ ἐκ τ. ἱεροῦ the food from the temple 1 Cor 9:13. ἐκ τ. εὐαγγελίου ζῆν get one’s living by proclaiming the gospel vs. 14.β. information, insight, etc. (X., An. 7, 7, 43 ἐκ τῶν ἔργων κατέμαθες; Just., A I, 28, 1 ἐκ τῶν ἡμετέρων συγγραμμάτων … μαθεῖν 34, 2 al.) κατηχεῖσθαι ἐκ Ro 2:18. ἀκούειν ἐκ J 12:34. γινώσκειν Mt 12:33; Lk 6:44; 1J 3:24; 4:6. ἐποπτεύειν 1 Pt 2:12. δεικνύναι Js 2:18 (cp. ἀποδεικνύναι Just., D. 33, 1).γ. of the inner life, etc., fr. which someth. proceeds (since Il. 9, 486): ἐκ καρδίας Ro 6:17; 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. (cp. Theocr. 29, 4; M. Ant. 3, 3). ἐκ ψυχῆς Eph 6:6; Col 3:23 (X., An. 7, 7, 43, Oec. 10, 4; Jos., Ant. 17, 177; 1 Macc 8:27). ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 Ti 1:5; 2 Ti 2:22; 1 Pt 1:22. ἐξ ὅλης τ. καρδίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. ψυχῆς σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. διανοίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. ἰσχύος σου Mk 12:30; cp. Lk 10:27 (Dt 6:5; cp. Wsd 8:21; 4 Macc 7:18; Epict. 2, 23, 42 ἐξ ὅλης ψυχῆς). ἐκ πίστεως Ro 14:23; cp. 2 Cor 2:17. Also of circumstances which accompany an action without necessarily being the source of it: γράφειν ἐκ πολλῆς θλίψεως write out of great affliction 2 Cor 2:4; Phil 1:17.ⓗ of the material out of which someth. is made (Hdt. 1, 194; Pla., Rep. 10, 616c; OGI 194, 28 [42 B.C.] a statue ἐκ σκληροῦ λίθου; PMagd 42, 5 [221 B.C.]=PEnteux 83, 5; POxy 707, 28; PGM 13, 659; Wsd 15:8; 1 Macc 10:11; Jdth 1:2; En 99:13; JosAs 3:9; Just., A I, 59, 1) of, from στέφανος ἐξ ἀκανθῶν Mt 27:29; J 19:2; cp. 2:15; 9:6; Ro 9:21; 1 Cor 15:47; Rv 18:12; 21:21; perh. also 1 Cor 11:12 ἡ γυνὴ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνδρός.ⓘ of the underlying rule or principle according to, in accordance with (Hdt., Pla. et al. [Kühner-G. I 461g], also OGI 48, 12 [III B.C.] ἐκ τ. νόμων; PEleph 1, 12 [312/11 B.C.] ἐκ δίκης; PPetr III, 26, 9 ἐκ κρίσεως; LXX, e.g. 1 Macc 8:30; Jos., Ant. 6, 296 ἐκ κυνικῆς ἀσκήσεως πεποιημένος τὸν βίον) ἐκ τ. λόγων Mt 12:37 (cp. Wsd 2:20). ἐκ τ. στόματός σου κρινῶ σε by what you have said Lk 19:22 (cp. Sus 61 Theod.; also X., Cyr. 2, 2, 21 ἐκ τ. ἔργων κρίνεσθαι). ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων on the basis of things written Rv 20:12. ἐκ τ. καλοῦντος Ro 9:12. ἐκ τ. ἔχειν in accordance w. your ability 2 Cor 8:11. ἐξ ἰσότητος on the basis of equality vs. 13.④ marker used in periphrasis, from, ofⓐ for the partitive gen. (B-D-F §164, 1 and 2; 169; Rob. 599; 1379).α. after words denoting number εἷς, μία, ἕν (Hdt. 2, 46, 2 ἐκ τούτων εἷς; POxy 117, 14ff [II/III A.D.] δύο … ἐξ ὧν … ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν; Tob 12:15 BA; Sir 32:1; Jos., Bell. 7, 47; JosAs 20:2 ἐκ τῶν παρθένων μία Just., D. 126, 4) Mt 10:29; 18:12; 22:35; 27:48; Mk 9:17 al.; εἷς τις J 11:49; δύο Mk 16:12; Lk 24:13; J 1:35; 21:2. πέντε Mt 25:2. πολλοί (1 Macc 5:26; 9:69) J 6:60, 66; 7:31; 11:19, 45. οἱ πλείονες 1 Cor 15:6. οὐδείς (Epict. 1, 29, 37; 1 Macc 5:54; 4 Macc 14:4; Ar. 13, 6; Just., D. 16, 2) J 7:19; 16:5. χιλιάδες ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς Rv 7:4.β. after the indef. pron. (Plut., Galba 1065 [27, 2]; Herodian 5, 3, 9; 3 Macc 2:30; Jos., Vi. 279) Lk 11:15; J 6:64; 7:25, 44, 48; 9:16; 11:37, 46 al. Also after the interrog. pron. Mt 6:27; 21:31; Lk 11:5; 12:25; 14:28 al.γ. the partitive w. ἐκ as subj. (2 Km 11:17) εἶπαν ἐκ τ. μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ J 16:17.—Rv 11:9. As obj., pl. Mt 23:34; Lk 11:49; 21:16; 2J 4 (cp. Sir 33:12; Jdth 7:18; 10:17 al.).δ. used w. εἶναι belong to someone or someth. (Jos., Ant. 12, 399) καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ you also belong to them Mt 26:73; cp. Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58; J 7:50; 10:26; Ac 21:8; cp. 2 Cl 18:1. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τ. σώματος I do not belong to the body 1 Cor 12:15f; cp. 2 Cl 14:1.ε. after verbs of supplying, receiving, consuming: ἐσθίειν ἔκ τινος (Tob 1:10; Sir 11:19; Jdth 12:2; JosAs 16:8) 1 Cor 9:7; 11:28; J 6:26, 50f; Rv 2:7. πίνειν Mt 26:29; Mk 14:25; J 4:13f; Rv 14:10; χορτάζειν ἔκ τινος gorge w. someth. 19:21 (s. ζ below); μετέχειν 1 Cor 10:17; λαμβάνειν (1 Esdr 6:31; Wsd 15:8) J 1:16; Rv 18:4; Hs 9, 24, 4. τὸ βρέφος … ἔλαβε μασθὸν ἐκ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ the child took its mother’s breast GJs 19:2; διδόναι (Tob 4:16; Ezk 16:17) Mt 25:8; 1J 4:13. διαδιδόναι (Tob 4:16 A) J 6:11.ζ. after verbs of filling: ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς was filled w. the fragrance J 12:3 cp. Rv 8:5. χορτασθῆναι ἔκ τινος to be satisfied to the full w. someth. Lk 15:16. γέμειν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς be full of greed Mt 23:25.ⓑ in periphrasis for the gen. of price or value for (Palaeph. 45; PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.]; 119, 5 [c. 100 A.D.]; 131, 5; PLond II, 277, 9 p. 217 [23 A.D.]; BGU III, 916, 19 [I A.D.]; PAmh II, 133, 19 [II A.D.]; Jos., Ant. 14, 34; B-D-F §179) ἀγοράζειν τι ἔκ τινος Mt 27:7 (POxy 745, 2 [c. 1 A.D.] τ. οἶνον ἠγόρασας ἐκ δραχμῶν ἕξ; EpJer 24); cp. Ac 1:18; Mt 20:2.⑤ marker denoting temporal sequence, fromⓐ of the time when someth. begins from, from … on, for, etc. ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός from birth (Ps 21:11; 70:6; Is 49:1) Mt 19:12 al.; also ἐκ γενετῆς J 9:1 (since Il. 24, 535; Od. 18, 6; s. also γενετή). ἐκ νεότητος (since Il. 14, 86; Ps 70:5; Sir 7:23; Wsd 8:2; 1 Macc 2:66; JosAs 17:4) Mk 10:20; Lk 18:21. ἐξ ἱκανῶν χρόνων for a long time 23:8. ἐκ πολλῶν χρόνων a long time before 1 Cl 42:5 (cp. Epict. 2, 16, 17 ἐκ πολλοῦ χρόνου. Cp. ἐκ πολλοῦ Thu. 1, 68, 3; 2, 88, 2; ἐξ ὀλίγων ἡμερῶν Lysias, Epitaph. 1). ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων Ac 15:21 (cp. X., Hell. 6, 1, 4 ἐκ πάντων προγόνων). ἐκ τ. αἰῶνος since the world began J 9:32 (cp. ἐξ αἰῶνος Sext. Emp., Adv. Math. 9, 76; Diod S 4, 83, 3; Aelian, VH 6, 13; 12, 64; OGI 669, 61; Sir 1:4; 1 Esdr 2:17, 21; Jos., Bell. 5, 442). ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτώ for eight years Ac 9:33; cp. 24:10. ἐξ ἀρχῆς (PTebt 40, 20 [117 B.C.]; Sir 15:14; 39:32; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 225; Ath. 8, 1) J 6:64. ἐκ παιδιόθεν fr. childhood Mk 9:21 (s. παιδιόθεν. Just., A I, 15, 6 ἐκ παίδων. On the use of ἐκ w. an adv. cp. ἐκ τότε POxy 486 [II A.D.]; ἐκ πρωίθεν 1 Macc 10:80).ⓑ of temporal sequenceα. ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας day after day 2 Pt 2:8; 2 Cl 11:2 (cp. Ps.-Eur., Rhes. 445; Henioch. Com. 5:13 K.; Theocr. 18, 35; Gen 39:10; Num 30:15; Sir 5:7; Esth 3:7; En 98:8; 103:10).β. ἐκ δευτέρου for the second time, again, s. δεύτερος 2. ἐκ τρίτου Mt 26:44 (ParJer 7:8; cp. PHolm 1, 32 ἐκ τετάρτου).⑥ various uses and unitsⓐ blending of constructions, cp. Rob. 599f: ἐκ for ἐν (Hdt., Thu. et al., s. Kühner-G. I 546f; LXX, e.g. Sus 26 Theod.; 1 Macc 11:41; 13:21; Jdth 15:5) ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ δώσει Lk 11:13. μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι τὰ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ Mt 24:17. τὴν ἐκ Λαοδικείας (ἐπιστολὴν) ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀναγνῶτε Col 4:16.ⓑ like the OT use of מִן: ἔκρινεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ κρίμα ὑμῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς God has pronounced judgment for you against her Rv 18:20 (cp. Ps 118:84; Is 1:24; En 100:4; 104:3). ἐξεδίκησεν τὸ αἷμα τ. δούλων αὐτοῦ ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτῆς 19:2, cp. 6:10 (both 4 Km 9:7).ⓒ adv. expressions (Just., A I, 2, 1 ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου ‘in every way’): ἐξ ἀνάγκης (ἀνάγκη 1). ἐκ συμφώνου by mutual consent (BGU 446, 13=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 257, 13; CPR I, 11, 14 al. in pap; cp. Dssm., NB 82f [BS 225]) 1 Cor 7:5. ἐκ λύπης reluctantly 2 Cor 9:7. ἐκ περισσοῦ extremely (Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 64; Lucian, Pro Merc. Cond. 13; Da 3:22 Theod.; Galen, CMG V/10/2/2 p. 284, 17 [-ττ]) Mk 6:51; 1 Th 5:13 v.l.; ἐκ μέτρου by measure = sparingly J 3:34. ἐκ μέρους (Galen, CMG V/10/2/2 p. 83, 24) part by part = as far as the parts are concerned, individually 1 Cor 12:27 (distributive; cp. PHolm 1, 7 ἐκ δραχμῶν Ϛ´=6 dr. each); mostly in contrast to ‘complete’, only in part 13:9 (BGU 538, 35; 574, 10; 887, 6; 17 al. in pap; EpArist 102). ἐξ ὀνόματος individually, personally, by name IEph 20:2; IPol 4:2; 8:2.ⓓ ἐκ … εἰς w. the same word repeated gives it special emphasis (Plut., Galba 1058 [14, 2] ἐκ προδοσίας εἰς προδοσίαν; Ps 83:8) ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν Ro 1:17.—2 Cor 2:16 (twice).—The result and goal are thus indicated Ro 11:36; 1 Cor 8:6; Col 1:16. AFridrichsen, ConNeot 12, ’48, 54.—DELG s.v. ἐξ. M-M. -
12 ἵνα
ἵνα (Hom.+) conjunction, the use of which increased considerably in H. Gk. as compared w. earlier times because it came to be used periphrastically for the inf. and impv. B-D-F §369; 379; 388–94 al.; Mlt. index; Rob. index.① marker to denote purpose, aim, or goal, in order that, that, final senseⓐ w. subjunctive, not only after a primary tense, but also (in accordance w. Hellenistic usage) after a secondary tense (B-D-F §369, 1; Rob. 983; Mlt-Turner 100–102; JKnuenz, De enuntiatis Graecorum finalibus 1913, 15ff):α. after a present tense Mk 4:21; 7:9; Lk 6:34; 8:16; J 3:15; 5:34; 6:30; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8); 16:30; Ro 1:11; 3:19; 11:25; 1 Cor 9:12; Gal 6:13; Phil 3:8; Hb 5:1; 6:12; 1J 1:3 and oft.β. after a perfect Mt 1:22; 21:4; J 5:23, 36; 6:38; 12:40, 46; 14:29; 16:1, 4; 17:4; 1 Cor 9:22b al.γ. after a pres. or aor. impv. Mt 7:1; 14:15; 17:27; 23:26; Mk 11:25; J 4:15; 5:14; 10:38; 1 Cor 7:5; 11:34; 1 Ti 4:15; Tit 3:13. Likew. after the hortatory subj. in the first pers. pl. Mk 1:38; Lk 20:14; J 11:16; Hb 4:16.δ. after a fut. Lk 16:4; 18:5; J 5:20; 14:3, 13, 16; 1 Cor 15:28; Phil 1:26.ε. after a secondary tense: impf. Mk 3:2; 6:41; 8:6; Lk 6:7; 18:15 al.—Plpf. J 4:8.—Aor. Mt 19:13; Mk 3:14; 11:28; 14:10; Lk 19:4, 15; J 7:32; 12:9; Ro 7:4; 2 Cor 8:9; Hb 2:14; 11:35; 1J 3:5.ⓑ w. fut. ind. (LXX e.g. Sus 28; En 15:5; TestSol 13:7; SIG 888, 87ff; OGI 665, 35; POxy 299; 1071, 5 ἵνα ποιήσουσιν καὶ πέμψουσιν; Gen 16:2 [Swete; ARahlfs, Genesis 1926 v.l.] al.; Just., D. 115, 6), beside which the aor. subj. is usu. found in the mss. (B-D-F §369, 2; Rob. 984; Mlt-Turner 100) ἵνα σταυρώσουσιν Mk 15:20 v.l. ἵνα ἐρεῖ σοι Lk 14:10. ἵνα δώσουσιν 20:10. ἵνα θεωρήσουσιν J 7:3. ἵνα δώσει 17:2 v.l.; Rv 8:3. ἐπισκιάσει Ac 5:15 v.l.; ξυρήσονται 21:24. κερδανῶ 1 Cor 9:21 v.l.; καυθήσομαι 13:3 v.l. καταδουλώσουσιν Gal 2:4. κερδηθήσονται 1 Pt 3:1. ἵνα … δηλώσεις Hv 3, 8, 10. The fut. ind. is also used oft. when ἵνα has no final mng., esp. in Rv: 1 Cor 9:18 (ἵνα as answer, as Epict. 4, 1, 99); Rv 6:4, 11; 9:4, 5, 20; 13:12; 14:13; 22:14. Occasionally the fut. ind. and aor. subj. are found in the same sentence Rv 3:9; cp. also Phil 2:10f v.l. (on this interchange s. Reinhold 106; JVogeser, Zur Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 34f; Knuenz, op. cit. 23ff; 39; Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 7 ἵνα μὴ παρῶ … μηδὲ ἕξουσιν; POxy 1068, 5 ἵνα διαπέμψεται, ἵνα δυνηθῶ …).—On the interchange of pres. subj. and fut. ind. in J 15:8 s. GLee, Biblica 51, ’70, 239f.ⓒ ἵνα is found w. the pres. ind. only in passages where the subj. is also attested in the mss.; its presence is prob. due to corruption of the text (B-D-F §369, 6; Rob. 984f; Mlt-Turner 100f. But see the clear instance in PAnt III, 188, 15: ἵνα μή ἐσμεν, and cp. BGU 1081, 3 ἐχάρην, ἵνα σὲ ἀσπάζομαι; TestNapht 8:2; PassPtPl 60 [Aa I, 170, 8] ἵνα κατευθύνει; AcPtPl 58 [Aa I, 203, 17]; AcPlTh 11 [Aa I, 243, 11 v.l.]). φυσιοῦσθε 1 Cor 4:6 and ζηλοῦτε Gal 4:17 could be subj. (B-D-F §91; Rob. 984). But Gal 6:12 v.l. διώκονται; Tit 2:4 v.l. σωφρονίζουσιν; J 5:20 v.l. θαυμάζετε; 17:3 v.l. γινώσκουσιν; 1J 5:20 v.l. γινώσκομεν; Rv 12:6 v.l. τρέφουσιν; 13:17 v.l. δύναται; ἵνα σύνετε B 6:5 v.l. (in text συνιῆτε; v.l. συνῆτε); ἵνα … ᾂδετε IEph 4:2 (Lghtf. ᾂδητε); μετέχετε ibid. (v.l. μετέχητε). διατάσσομαι ITr 3:3 (v.l. διατάσσωμαι). βλασφημεῖται 8:2 v.l.ⓓ The opt. after ἵνα is not used in our lit. (B-D-F §369, 1; 386, 3; Rob. 983). Mk 12:2 v.l. ἵνα λάβοι (for λάβῃ). Eph 1:17 ἵνα δῴη (v.l. δῷ) is certainly subj., and δώῃ is the correct rdg. (B-D-F §95, 2; Mlt. 196f). Likew. ἵνα παραδοῖ J 13:2.ⓔ after a demonstrative (Epict. 2, 5, 16 ἐν τούτῳ … ἵνα) εἰς τοῦτο for this (purpose, namely) that J 18:37; 1J 3:8; Ro 14:9; 2 Cor 2:9; 1 Pt 3:9; 4:6; B 5:1, 11; 14:5. εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο for this very purpose, that Eph 6:22; Col 4:8. διὰ τοῦτο for this reason … that (Himerius, Or. 14, 3) 2 Cor 13:10; Phlm 15; 1 Ti 1:16; the ἵνα clause can also precede διὰ τοῦτο J 1:31. τούτου χάριν … ἵνα for this reason … that Tit 1:5.ⓕ ἵνα with ‘I should like to say this’ supplied is found also in earlier Gk (Soph. Ph. 989) Mk 2:10 (B-D-F §470, 3. Differently [a virtual impv.] DSharp, ET 38, 1927, 427f). The necessary supplement precedes in ἵνα δείξῃ (he said this), in order to show B 7:5.—Cp. J 15:13.② marker of objective, that. Very oft. the final mng. is greatly weakened or disappears altogether. In this case the ἵνα-constr. serves as a substitute for an inf. that supplements a verb, or an acc. w. inf. (cp. Od. 3, 327 and a spurious document in Demosth. 18, 155. Later very common, also in ins, pap [Rdm.2 191ff]; LXX).ⓐ after verbs w. the senseα. ‘wish, desire, strive’ (PGiss 17, 5 [II A.D.] ἠγωνίασα … ἵνα ἀκούσω; BGU 1081, 3 ἐχάρην, ἵνα σὲ ἀσπάζομαι) θέλειν ἵνα (TestAbr A 19, 101, 9 [Stone p. 50]) Mt 7:12; Mk 9:30; 10:35; Lk 6:31; J 17:24; 1 Cor 14:5. βουλεύεσθαι J 11:53; 12:10. συμβουλεύεσθαι Mt 26:4. συντίθεσθαι J 9:22. ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι joyfully strive after 8:56 (s. ἀγαλλιάω). ζητεῖν 1 Cor 4:2; 14:12; AcPlCor 2:8. ζηλοῦν 14:1. εὔχεσθαι ‘wish’ IPhld 6:3.β. ‘take care, be ashamed, be afraid’ φυλάσσεσθαι 2 Pt 3:17. προσέχειν take care that B 16:8. βλέπειν see to it, that 1 Cor 16:10.γ. ‘request, demand’: δεῖσθαι request (Dionys. Hal. 4, 12, 1; Lucian, Dom. 9; Jos., Ant. 6, 321; 12, 125 al.) Lk 9:40; 21:36; 22:32; B 12:7; Pol 6:2; Hv 3, 1, 2; Hs 5, 4, 1. ἐρωτᾶν request (s. ἐρωτάω 2) Mk 7:26; Lk 7:36; 16:27; J 4:47; 17:15 al. (JEarwaker, ET 75, ’64, 316f so interprets the third ἵνα in 17:21). παρακαλεῖν request, exhort (EpArist 318; 321, Jos., Ant. 14, 168) Mt 14:36; Mk 5:18; 6:56; 7:32; 8:22; Lk 8:32; 1 Cor 1:10 al. αἰτεῖσθαι Col 1:9 (Just., D. 30, 2 αἰτοῦμεν). προσεύχεσθαι Mt 24:20; 26:41; Mk 14:35; Lk 22:46; 1 Cor 14:13 al. εὔχεσθαι pray (s. εὔχομαι 1 end) Hs 5, 2, 10. εὐχαριστεῖν Eph 1:16f. ἀξιοῦν demand, request (CIG 4892, 13 [III A.D.]; Jos., Ant. 14, 22) Hv 4, 1, 3. καταξιοῦν ISm 11:1; IPol 7:2.δ. ‘summon, encourage, order’ (Epict, 4, 11, 29; 1 Esdr 8:19; EpArist 46) ἀπαγγέλλειν Mt 28:10. παραγγέλλειν (CIG 4957, 48 [68 A.D.] restored) Mk 6:8. διαμαρτύρεσθαι 1 Ti 5:21. ἐντέλλεσθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 356) Mk 13:34; J 15:17. κηρύσσειν Mk 6:12. διαστέλλεσθαι Mt 16:20; Mk 5:43; 7:36; 9:9. ἐπιτιμᾶν warn Mt 16:20; 20:31; Mk 8:30; 10:48; Lk 18:39. ἐξορκίζειν Mt 26:63. ὁρκίζειν Hs 9, 10, 5. λέγειν order Mt 4:3; 20:21; Mk 3:9; 9:18; Lk 4:3; 10:40; Hv 2, 2, 6. γράφειν write (Jos., Ant. 11, 7; 127) Mk 9:12; 12:19; Lk 20:28. ἀποστέλλειν Ac 16:36.ε. ‘cause, bring about’ πείθειν Mt 27:20. ποιεῖν J 11:37; Col 4:16; cp. Rv 3:9; 13:16. τιθέναι appoint J 15:16. ἀγγαρεύειν Mt 27:32; Mk 15:21.ζ. ‘permit, grant’ ἀφιέναι Mk 11:16. On J 12:7 s. CBarrett, The Gospel According to St. John2, ’78, 413–14. διδόναι 10:37; Rv 9:5.η. συνευδοκεῖν Hs 5, 2, 8.ⓑ after impers. expr.: ἀρκετόν (ἐστι) it is sufficient Mt 10:25. λυσιτελεῖ (εἰ … ἢ ἵνα) Lk 17:2. συμφέρει Mt 5:29f; 18:6; J 11:50. ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν it is a matter of little consequence to me 1 Cor 4:3. ἔδει B 5:13. πολλὰ λείπει Hv 3, 1, 9.ⓒ after nouns and adjs., esp. when they are parts of fixed expressions:α. χρείαν ἔχειν J 2:25; 16:30; 1J 2:27. ἔστιν συνήθεια J 18:39. θέλημά ἐστιν Mt 18:14; J 6:40; 1 Cor 16:12b. βουλὴ ἐγένετο Ac 27:42. ἐντολή (cp. Polyb. 36, 17, 10 νόμος) J 15:12; 11:57; 13:34; Ac 17:15; 2J 6. δέησις Eph 6:19. ἐξουσία Ac 8:19. ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν J 4:34. τίς ἐστιν ὁ μισθός; ἵνα … 1 Cor 9:18.β. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανός Mt 8:8; Lk 7:6. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος J 1:27; cp. Hs 9, 28, 5. S. B-D-F §379; Rob. 996.ⓓ after nouns mng. time: χρόνον διδόναι, ἵνα give time Rv 2:21. ἔρχεται ἡ ὥρα the time comes (Aesop, Fab. 242 H. ἡ ἡμέρα, ἵνα=the day on which) J 12:23; 13:1; 16:2, 32. S. B-D-F §382, 1; 393.ⓔ ἵνα can also take the place of the explanatory inf. after a demonstrative (B-D-F §394; Rdm.2 192.—Wsd 13:9; Just., D. 14, 2 τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ σύμβολον τῶν ἀζύμων, ἵνα μὴ …) Mk 11:28. πόθεν μοι τοῦτο ἵνα ἔλθῃ (for τὸ ἐλθεῖν τὴν κτλ.) Lk 1:43 (cp. GJs 12:2). τοῦτο προσεύχομαι ἵνα Phil 1:9. cp. 1 Cor 9:18. This is a favorite usage in J: τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ ἵνα πιστεύητε (for τὸ πιστεύειν ὑμᾶς) 6:29; cp. vs. 50. μείζονα ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐδεὶς ἔχει ἵνα … θῇ (for τοῦ θεῖναι) 15:13; cp. 3J 4.—J 6:39; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 4:21; 5:3; 2J 6a. ἐν τούτῳ: ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ πατήρ μου ἵνα … φέρητε (for ἐν τῷ φέρειν ὑμᾶς ἐδοξάσθη) J 15:8; cp. 1J 4:17.—S. also Hs 9, 28, 4, and ποταπὴν ἀγάπην ἵνα 1J 3:1.ⓕ ἵνα is used elliptically ἀλλʼ ἵνα but this has happened that, where the verb to be supplied must be inferred fr. the context (Epict. 1, 12, 17): ἀλλʼ ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ (sc. ἦλθεν) J 1:8. ἀλλʼ (ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον) ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν but it was hidden that it might be revealed Mk 4:22 (but cp. CCadoux, JTS 42, ’41, 169 n. 3). ἀλλʼ (κρατεῖτέ με) ἵνα πληρωθῶσιν but you are holding me (prisoner), that 14:49. ἀλλʼ (ἐγένετο τυφλὸς) ἵνα φανερωθῇ J 9:3. ἀλλʼ (ἀποθνῄσκει) ἵνα … συναγάγῃ 11:52.—13:18; Hv 3, 8, 10 (cp. 1b above).ⓖ ἵνα w. subjunctive as a periphrasis for the impv. (B-D-F §387, 3; Mlt. 178; 210f; 248; Rob. 994; Mlt-Turner 94f; FSlotty, D. Gebr. des Konj. u. Opt. in d. griech. Dialekten I 1915, 35; CCadoux, The Impv. Use of ἵνα in the NT: JTS 42, ’41, 165–73; in reply HMeecham, JTS 43, ’42, 179f, also ET 52, ’40/41, 437; AGeorge, JTS 45, ’44, 56–60. Goodsp., Probs. 57f.—Soph., Oed. Col. 155; Epict. 4, 1, 41, Enchir. 17; PTebt 408, 17 [3 A.D.]; BGU 1079, 20; PFay 112, 12; POxy 299, 5 ἵνʼ εἰδῇς ‘know’; PGM 4, 2135; Tob 8:12 BA; 2 Macc 1:9. ἵνα πρὶν τούτων ἴδητε τὴν ἀπώλειαν τῶν υἱῶν ‘before these events, you shall behold the destruction of your sons’ En 14:6. κύριε, ἵνα γινώσκῃ τὸ σὸν κράτος ὅτι ‘Lord, may you in your majesty know, that …’ TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 35f [Stone pp. 8 and 10]). ἵνα ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῇ please lay your hands on her Mk 5:23. ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἵνα φοβῆται τ. ἄνδρα the wife is to respect her husband Eph 5:33. Cp. Mt 20:33; Mk 10:51; 1 Cor 7:29; 16:16; 2 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:10. ἵνα ἀναπαήσονται let them rest Rv 14:13. W. θέλω: θέλω ἵνα δῷς Mk 6:25 (=δός Mt 14:8.).—On Mk 2:10 s. 1f above.ⓗ ἵνα without a finite verb, which can be supplied fr. the context (Epict. 3, 23, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄνθρωπος, i.e. ἐργάζῃ) ἵνα ἡμεῖς εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, αὐτοὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν περιτομήν (i.e. εὐαγγελιζώμεθα and εὐαγγελίζωνται) Gal 2:9. ἵνα κατὰ χάριν (γένηται) Ro 4:16. ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις (γένηται) 2 Cor 8:13. ἵνα (γένηται) καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Cor 1:31 (B-D-F §481; Rob. 1202f).③ marker serving as substitute for the inf. of result, so that (‘ecbatic’ or consecutive use of ἵνα: B-D-F §391, 5; Mlt. 206–9; Rob. 997–99 and in SCase, Studies in Early Christianity [Porter-Bacon Festschr.] 1928, 51–57; EBlakeney, ET 53, ’41/42, 377f, indicating that the result is considered probable, but not actual. But this distinction is not always strictly observed. Cp. Epict. 1, 24, 3; 25, 15; 27, 8 al.; 2, 2, 16 οὕτω μωρὸς ἦν, ἵνα μὴ ἴδῃ; Vett. Val. 185, 31; 186, 17; 292, 20; Jos., Bell. 6, 107; Just., D. 112, 5; PLond III, 964, 13 p. 212 [II/III A.D.]. Many exx. in AJannaris, An Historical Greek Grammar 1897 §1758 and 1951) ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἵνα μὴ αἴσθωνται αὐτό it was concealed from them, so that they might not comprehend it Lk 9:45. τίς ἥμαρτεν, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ; Who sinned, so that he was born blind? J 9:2. Cp. 2 Cor 1:17; Gal 5:17; 1 Th 5:4; 1J 1:9; Rv 9:20; 13:13; Hs 7:2; 9, 1, 10.—In many cases purpose and result cannot be clearly differentiated, and hence ἵνα is used for the result that follows according to the purpose of the subj. or of God. As in Semitic and Gr-Rom. thought, purpose and result are identical in declarations of the divine will (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 16, 10 the rule of the Persian king is being overthrown by the deity ἵνα Δαρεῖος … φυγὰς γενόμενος κτλ. Here ἵνα means both ‘in order that’ and ‘so that’): Lk 11:50; J 4:36; 12:40; 19:28; Ro 3:19; 5:20; 7:13; 8:17; 11:31f al. (ESutcliffe, Effect or Purpose, Biblica 35, ’54, 320–27). The formula ἵνα πληρωθῇ is so to be understood, since the fulfillment is acc. to God’s plan of salvation: Mt 1:22; 2:15; 4:14; 12:17; 21:4; 26:56; J 12:38; 17:12; 19:24, 36.—The ἵνα of Mk 4:12=Lk 8:10, so much in dispute, is prob. to be taken as final (w. AvVeldhuizen, NTS 8, 1925, 129–33; 10, 1927, 42–44; HWindisch, ZNW 26, 1927, 203–9; JGnilka, Die Verstockung Israels ’61, 45–48; B-D-F §369, 2 [here, and B-D-R p. 386f n. 2, the lit. on ‘causal’ ἵνα, which is allowed at least for Rv 22:14 and perh. 14:13, where P47 has ὅτι; see 2g]. S. also FLaCava, Scuola Cattol. 65, ’37, 301–4; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 211–16; ISluiter, Causal ἵνα, Sound Greek: Glotta 70, ’92, 39–53. On J 12:7 s. τηρέω 2a).④ marker of retroactive emphasis, that. At times, contrary to regular usage, ἵνα is placed elsewhere than at the beginning of its clause, in order to emphasize the words that come before it (B-D-F §475, 1; cp. the position of ὅτι Gal 1:11): τὴν ἀγάπην ἵνα γνῶτε 2 Cor 2:4. εἰς τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετʼ αὐτὸν ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν Ac 19:4. τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἐλέει ἵνα Ro 11:31. Cp. J 13:29; 1 Cor 7:29; Gal 2:10; Col 4:16b.—EStauffer, Ἵνα u. d. Problem d. teleol. Denkens b. Pls: StKr 102, 1930, 232–57; JGreenlee, ἵνα Substantive Clauses in the NT: Asbury Seminarian 2, ’47, 154–63; HRiesenfeld, Zu d. johanneischen ἵνα-Sätzen, StTh 19, ’65, 213–20; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 76–81.—Frisk. M-M. EDNT. TW. -
13 γίνομαι
+ V 431-618-398-337-390=2174 Gn 1,3(bis).5(bis).6(bis)to be born, to be begotten Wis 7,3; to be created Is 48,7; to come about Ex 10,22; to happen to, to be done to [τινι] Tob 11,15; to happen, to take place 2 Mc 1,32; to become Gn 4,6; to be [+adv.] Tob 7,10; to fall to, to belong to [τινος] Gn 30,42; to fall to [τινι] Gn 21,9; to turn into [εἴς τι] Gn 20,12μὴ γένοιτο (μοι) far be it (from me) Gn 44,17; ἐὰν δὲ γενομένη γένηται ἀνδρί if she had become the woman of, if she had been married Nm 30,7; ἐγενήθη αὐτῷ εἰς γυναῖκα she became his wife Ru 4,13; τῷ Σημ ἐγενήθη καὶ αὐτῷ to Sem himself also were children born Gn 10,21; οὐκ ἐγενήθη τὸ πάσχα τοῦτο no such passover had been celebrated 2 Kgs 23,22; περὶ τὸ σάββατον ἐγίνοντο they celebrated the Sabbath 2 Mc 8,27; καὶ ἐγένετο (semit.?; stereotypical rendition of ויהי) and it happened Gn 4,8*Jos 16,1 (καὶ) ἐγένετο (τὰ ὅρια) (and the borders) were-(הגבול) ויהי for MT (הגורל) ויצא (and the lot) came out, see ὅριον, see also Jos 15,1, 17,1, 1 Sm 22,3, 1 Chr 14,17; *Is 2,1 γενόμενος that happened, came to pass-היה? for MT חזה (that Isaiah) saw; *Jer 6,1(2) γίνεται is coming -היה for MT הנוה the pasture; *Jer 15,11 γένοιτο amen, so be it-אמן for MT אמר he said; *Mi 2,1 ἐγένοντο they were-היו for MT הוי woe, see also Jer 37(30),7Cf. HELBING 1928, 64; KRAFT 1972b, 164; RENEHAN 1982, 48; WALTERS 1973, 115-117; →NIDNTT; TWNT(→διαγίνομαι, ἐμπαραγίνομαι, ἐπιγίνομαι, ἐπιπαραγίνομαι, καταγίνομαι, μεταγίνομαι, παραγίνομαι, περιγίνομαι, προγίνομαι, προσγίνομαι, συγ-, συμπαραγίνομαι,,) -
14 δή
δή, prop. a temporal Particle (cf. ἤδη),A at this or that point: hence, now, then, already, or at length:I in [dialect] Ep. (rarely Lyr.) sts. at the beginning of a sentence or clause,Τεῦκρε πέπον, δὴ νῶϊν ἀπέκτατο πιστὸς ἑταῖρος Il.15.437
; ;δὴ γὰρ μέγα νεῖκος ὄρωρεν 13.122
; δὴ τότε, δή ῥα τότε, 1.476, 13.719, al., cf. Pi.O.3.25, A.Th. 214 (lyr.): but usu. second (or nearly so), freq. with Numerals and temporal Particles,ὀκτὼ δὴ προέηκα.. ὀϊστούς Il. 8.297
; ἐννέα δὴ βεβάασι.. ἐνιαυτοί full nine years, 2.134; ἕκτον δὲ δὴ τόδ' ἦμαρ this is just the sixth day, E.Or.39, cf. Il.24.107, etc.: also after Advbs. of Time, πολλάκι δή many a time and oft, often ere now, 19.85;ὀψὲ δὲ δή 7.94
;τρὶς δή Pi.P.9.91
; πάλαι δή, Lat. jamdudum, S.Ph. 806; νῦν δή just now, Ar.Av. 923 (freq. written νυνδή, Pl.Tht. 145b, etc.); νῦν τε καὶ ἄλλοτε δή ib. 187d; now at length, Id.R. 353a, etc.; τότε δή at that very time, Th.1.49, etc.; αὐτίκα δὴ μάλα this very instant, Pl.R. 338b, etc.; ὕστερον δή yet later, Th.2.17: freq. with temporal Conjunctions, ἐπεὶ δή (written ἐπειδή, q. v.), etc.II without temporal significance, as a Particle of emphasis, in fact, of course, certainly, ναὶ δή, ἦ δή, Il.1.286, 518, etc.; οὐ δή surely not, S.Ph. 246, cf. E.Or. 1069, etc.; δῆλα δή, v. δῆλος; with Verbs,δὴ γὰρ ἴδον ὀφθαλμοῖσι Il.15.488
;νῦν δὲ ὁρᾶτε δή X.Cyr. 3.2.12
;καὶ ἴστε δὴ οἷος.. Pl.Ap. 21a
: less freq. with Substs., σοφιστὴν δή τοι ὀνομάζουσι τὸν ἄνδρα εἶναι they call the man a sophist as you know, Id.Prt. 311e: with Conjunctions, ἵνα δή, ὡς δή, Il.23.207, 5.24, etc.;ὅπως δή Th.5.85
; γὰρ δή for manifestly, A.Ch. 874, 891, Pl.Tht. 156c; : hence with a part. representing Conjunction and Verb, ἅτε δὴ ἐόντες since they evidently are, Hdt. 8.90; but ὡς φόνον νίζουσα δή as though she were.., E.IT 1338, cf. Hdt.1.66, X.Cyr.5.4.4, etc.; and so, ironically,ὡς δή Il.1.110
, Ar.V. 1315, Eq. 693, Pl.Prt. 342c, al.; freq. withσύ, ὡς δὴ σύ μοι τύραννος Ἀργείων ἔσῃ A.Ag. 1633
, cf. S.OC 809, E.Andr. 235, etc.; also ἵνα δή .. Pl.R. 420e, Men. 86d;ὅτι δή.. Id.Phdr. 268d
; also εἰσήγαγε τὰς ἑταιρίδας δή the pretended courtesans, X.HG5.4.6, cf. E. Ion 1181, Th.4.67,6.80.2 freq. placed immediately after Pronouns, ἐμὲ δή me of all persons, Hdt.3.155; σὺ δή you of all persons, Id.1.115, S.Aj. 1226; οὗτος δή this and no other, Hdt.1.43;ὑμεῖς δὲ κεῖνοι δὴ οἵ.. S.Tr. 1091
; οὗτος δὴ ὁ Σωκράτης, ironically, Pl.Tht. 166a; τὸ λεγόμενον δὴ τοῦτο as the well-known saying goes, Id.Grg. 514e, cf. E.Hipp. 962; δή τις some one you know of, Pl.Phd. 108c, al.: with possess. Pronouns,τὸ σὸν δὴ τοῦτο Pl.Smp. 221b
, cf. Grg. 5c8d, etc.: with relatives,ὃς δὴ νῦν κρατέει Il.21.315
;τὰ δὴ καὶ ἐγένετο Hdt.1.22
; οἷος δὴ σύ just such as thou, Il.24.376, cf. Od.1.32, S.Aj. 995, etc.;ὅσα δή Ar.Ach.1
, etc.: with Adjs., οἴη δή, μοῦνος δή, Od.12.69, Hdt.1.25;ἐν πολλῇ δὴ ἀπορίᾳ ἦσαν X.An.3.1.2
: freq. with Superlatives,μάχη ἐγένετο πλείστου δὴ χρόνου μεγίστη δὴ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν Th.5.74
;ἁπάντων δὴ ἄλγιστον S.Aj. 992
, etc.III to mark a transition, with or without inference, so, then,νίκη μὲν δὴ φαίνετ'.. Il.3.457
;τὴν μὲν δὴ τυραννίδα οὕτω ἔσχον Hdt.1.14
;τοῦτο δὴ τὸ ἄγος οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι ἐκέλευον ἐλαύνειν Th.1.127
.IV with Indef. Particles, v. δήποθεν, δήποτε, δήπω, δήπουθεν: with interrogatives,τοῦ δὴ ἕνεκα; Pl.Grg. 457e
;τίδὲδή..; Id.Phd. 58c
(simply τί δή; what then? R. 357d);πότερα δή; S.Ph. 1235
(and with Advbs.,ποῖ δὴ καὶ πόθεν; Pl.Phdr.
init.; ποῦ δή; πῇ δή; ib. 228e, Il.2.339, etc.): with Indef. Pronouns, δή strengthens the indef. notion, ἄλλοισιν δὴ ταῦτ' ἐπιτέλλεο others be they who they may, Il.1.295; μηδεὶς δή no one at all, Pl.Tht. 170e; δή τις some one or other, Id.R. 498a (pl.), etc. (rarely ); the neut. δή τι is common, ἦ ἄρα δή τι ἐΐσκομεν ἄξιον εἶναι; in any way, whatever it be, Il.13.446;τὸ ἱππικόν, τῷ δή τι καὶ ἐπεῖχε ἐλλάμψεσθαι Hdt.1.80
;οὕτω δή τι Id.3.108
, etc.; whosoever it be,Id.
1.86; ἐπὶ μισθῷ ὅσῳ δή, Lat. quantocumque, ib. 160, etc.;οἵα δή γε.. E.Heracl. 632
, cf. Supp. 162; butθαυμαστὰ δὴ ὅσα Pl.Smp. 220b
;ὡς δή Il.5.24
, etc.; so almost, = ἤδη, ἀναπέτομαι δὴ πρὸς Ὄλυμπον Anacr.24;καὶ δὴ φίλον τις ἔκταν' ἀγνοίας ὕπο A. Supp. 499
; ; ; οἶσθα μὲν δή ib. 627; so καὶ δή already, in fact, freq. not at the beginning of the sentence, , cf. Nu. 906, Theoc.5.83; butκαὶ δή σφε λείπω A.Supp. 507
.2 to continue a narrative, freq. after μέν, then, so,τότε μὲν δὴ.. ἡσυχίην εἶχε Hdt.1.11
; Σόλων μὲν δὴ ἔνεμε ib. 32; τὸν μὲν δὴ πέμπει ib. 116; alone, εἷς δὴ τούτων.. <*> one of these.., ib. 114, etc.: freq. in summing up, τοιαῦτα μὲν δὴ ταῦτα, Lat. haec hactenus, A.Pr. 500, cf. Hdt.1.14, Th.2.4;τούτων δὴ ἕνεκα X. Cyr.3.2.28
, etc.; in summing up numbers, γίγνονται δὴ οὗτοι χίλιοι these then amount to 1, 000, ib.1.5.5; in resuming after a parenthesis,Ἀνδρομάχη, θυγάτηρ μεγαλήτορος Ἠετίωνος.., τοῦ περ δὴ θυγάτηρ Il.6.395
;οὗτος δὴ.., ὁ μὲν δή Hdt.1.43
.b with imper. and subj.,μὴ δὴ.. ἐπιέλπεο Il.1.545
, cf. 5.684, etc.;χωρῶμεν δὴ πάντες S.Ph. 1469
; ἐννοεῖτε γὰρ δή for do but consider, X.Cyr.4.3.5; ἄγε δή, φέρε δή, ἴθι δή, σκόπει δή, λέγε δή, Pl.Sph. 235a, Phd. 63b, Sph. 224c, Phd. 80a, Prt. 312c.3 to express what follows a fortiori, καὶ μετὰ ὅπλων γε δή above all with arms, Th.4.78; μή τί γε δή not to mention, D.2.23; εἰ δὲ δὴ πόλεμος ἥξει Id. 1.27.4 καὶ δή and what is more, adding an emphatic statement, Il.1.161, 15.251, Hdt.5.67, Lys.13.4; in Prose, freq.καὶ δὴ καί.., ἐς Αἴγυπτον ἀπίκετο.., καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐς Σάρδις Hdt.1.30
, etc.; καὶ δὴ καὶ νῦν τί φῄς; and now what do you say? Pl.Tht. 187c; καὶ δὴ μὲν οὖν παρόντα yes, and actually here present, S.OC31; esp. in a series, ὑγίεια καὶ ἰσχὺς καὶ κάλλος καὶ πλοῦτος δή and of course riches, Pl.Men. 87e, cf. Tht. 159c, R. 367d; εἴτ'.. εἴτ'.. εἴτεδή ib. 493d.b καὶ δή is also used in answers, ἦ καὶ παρέστη κἀπὶ τέρμ' ἀφίκετο; Answ. καὶ δὴ 'πὶ δισσαῖς ἦν.. πύλαις yes, he was even so far as.., S.Aj.49; βλέψον κάτω. Answ. καὶ δὴ βλέπω well, I am looking, Ar. Av. 175, cf. Pax 327, Pl. 227 sq., S.El. 317 sq., 1436, etc.; πρόσθιγέ νύν μου. Answ.ψαύω καὶ δή S.OC 173
; without καί, ἀποκρίνου περὶ ὧν ἂν ἐρωτῶ. Answ. ; ἐρώτα. Answ. .c in assumptions or suppositions, καὶ δὴ δέδεγμαι and now suppose I have accepted, A.Eu. 894, cf. Ch. 565, E.Med. 386, Hel. 1059, not found in S., once in Ar.V. 1224. -
15 διαβατήρια
A offerings before crossing the border, τὰ δ. προὐχώρει, τὰ δ. ἐγένετο, they were favourable, Th.5.54, 55, cf. X.HG4.7.2; also, for crossing a river,ἔθυσε τῷ Εὐφράτῃ ταῦρον δ. Plu.Luc.24
;τὰ δ. δνσχερέστατα ἐγένετο D.C.40.18
: also masc.,Ζεὺς διαβατήριος Ctes.Fr.29.17
.II Jewish Passover, Ph.2.292, al.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > διαβατήρια
-
16 τέλος
A coming to pass, performance, consummation,εἰ γὰρ ἐπ' ἀρῇσιν τ. ἡμετέρῃσι γένοιτο Od.17.496
;ἐν [θεοῖς] τ. ἐστὶν ὁμῶς ἀγαθῶν τε κακῶν τε Hes.Op. 669
; δίκη δ' ὑπὲρ ὕβριος ἴσχει ἐς τ. ἐξελθοῦσα issuing in fulfilment, execution, ib. 218;καθάπερ ἐκ δίκης κατὰ νόμον τ. ἐχούσης PEleph.1.12
(iv B.C.), cf. IG12(7).67.48 (Arcesine, iv/iii B.C.);καθήκει νῦν [τὰν γνώμαν] ἐπὶ τέλος ἀχθῆμεν SIG793.7
(Halasarna, i A.D.); ἔλπομαι μέν, ἐν θεῷ γε μὰν τ. Pi.O.13.105, cf. N.8.45, 10.29, D.18.193;ἢν θεὸς ἀγαθὸν τ. διδῷ αὐτῷ X.Cyr.3.2.29
;ἐν πείρᾳ τ. διαφαίνεται Pi.N.3.70
;ψευστήσεις, οὐδ' αὖτε τ. μύθῳ ἐπιθήσεις Il.19.107
, cf. Isoc.5.71, 6.77; result,τ. δ' οὔ πώ τι πέφανται Il.2.122
;εἵως κε τ. πολέμοιο κιχείω 3.291
;ἐν γὰρ χερσὶ τ. πολέμου 16.630
; ἶσον τείνειεν πολέμου τ. 20. 101, cf. Hes.Th. 638 (but ἢ πολέμοιο ἢ λοιμοῖο τ. ποτιδέγμενοι the coming to pass (outbreak) of.., A.R.4.1282); τί μὰν ἀφήσει τ.; S. OC 1468 (lyr.); τί ἔσται τὸ τ. τῶν γιγνομένων τούτων ἐμοί; Hdt.1.155, cf. Isoc.6.50; ἀποίητον.. θέμεν ἔργων τ. undo things done, Pi.O.2.17; ὁδοῦ τ. S.OC 1400; φόνου τ. A.R.1.834;τοῦ δ' ὔμμι τέλος κρηῆναι ἔοικεν Id.3.172
; τῷ τ. πίστιν φέρων the outcome, S.El. 735; Ζεὺς πάντων ἐφορᾷ τ. Sol.13.17;ἀκόλουθον τὸ τ. ἐξέβη τοῦ κινδύνου ταῖς ἐπιβολαῖς Plb.4.11.9
;ἀμφίδοξα τὰ τ. τῶν κινδύνων αὐτοῖς ἀπέβαινε Id.18.28.11
, cf. 18.32.12, 3.5.7;τ. τοιόνδε ἐγένετο τῆς μάχης Hdt. 9.22
, cf. Plb.1.61.2; μάχης.. κεκύρωται τ. A.Ch. 874; διὰ μάχης ἥξω τέλους, = διὰ μάχης ἥξω, Id.Supp. 475; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τ. to seek to determine the issue of the battles in both directions, Pi.O.13.57; more generally, event,οὐ γὰρ ἔγωγέ τί φημι τ. χαριέστερον εἶναι ἢ ὅτε.. Od.9.5
: in concrete sense, result, product,τ. εὐπεψίας αἱματικῆς πιμελὴ καὶ στέαρ Arist.PA 672a4
, cf. GA 725b8.2 in contexts like Hes.Op. 669, Il.16.630 (v. supr.), τ. can be understood as power of deciding, supreme power, and so we haveτ. μὲν Ζεὺς ἔχει.. πάντων ὅσ' ἐστί Semon.1.1
;ἐν δ' ἐμοὶ τ. αὐτοῖν γένοιτο τῆσδε τῆς μάχης πέρι S.OC 423
; [Ἄπολλον].. ὅθεν πολεμόκραντον ἁγνὸν, τ. ἐν μάχᾳ A.Th. 162
(lyr.);τελέων τελειότατον κράτος, ὄλβιε Ζεῦ Id.Supp. 525
(lyr.);τ. ἔχει δαίμων βροτοῖς, τ. ὅπᾳ θέλει E.Or. 1545
(lyr.);τ. δ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν, εἴτε.. εἴτε.. Id.Hel. 887
; καὶ τοῖσ' (sc. ἰητροῖς) οὐδὲν ἔπεστι τ. they have no power or efficacy, Sol.13.58: and in the civil sphere, τ. ἔχειν, of persons, to have the power to ratify, IG12.57.25, Foed. ap. Th.4.118, Arist.Pol. 1322b13; ὅ τι ἂν δόξῃ τοῖς πλείοσι τοῦτ' εἶναι τ. the decision of the majority must be final, ib. 1317b6; κύριος ἔστω ἐπιβάλλειν κατὰ τὸ τ. shall have authority to inflict a fine up to the limit of his powers, Lexap.D.43.75;κατὰ τὸ τ. ζημιοῦσθαι Is.4.11
; τοῖς κατ' ἐμπορίαν παραγιγνομένοις μηδὲν ἔστω τ. πλὴν ἐπὶ κήρυκι ἢ γραμματεῖ Foed. ap. Plb.3.22.8; τ. ἔχειν, of things, to have decisive or final authority,σφῷν μὲν ἐντολὴ Διὸς ἔχει τ. δή A.Pr. 13
; ἡ.. τούτου αἰτίασις οὐκ ἔχει τ. has no validity, Antipho 5.89; πρὶν τ. τι αὐτῶν ἔχειν before any of the terms had validity, i.e. had been ratified, Th.5.41, cf. D.35.27; τοῦ ζῆν καὶ μὴ ζῆν τὸ τ. ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ ἀναπνεῖν the decisive difference between.., Arist.Resp. 480b19.3 magistracy, office,τ. δωδεκάμηνον Pi.N.11.9
( δυω- codd.); οἱ ἐν τ. men in office, magistrates, S.Aj. 1352, Ph. 385, Th.3.36; ἔξω τῶν βασιλέων καὶ τῶν μάλιστα ἐν τ. Id.1.10, cf. 6.88;οἱ ἐν τέλεϊ ἐόντες Hdt.3.18
, 9.106; poet.,οἱ ἐν τέλει βεβῶτες S.Ant.67
; οἱ τὰ τ. ἔχοντες Foed. ap. Th.5.47;ὂρ μέγιστον τ. ἔχοι Schwyzer409.3
(Elis, V B.C.);τοὺς.. τὸ ὁροφυλακικὸν τ. ἔχοντας SIG633.94
(Milet., ii B.C.); τὸ τ. the government, ; τὰ τ. the magistrates, Th. (with a masc. part. and pl. (v.l.) verb) 1.58, 4.15, X.An.2.6.4.4 decision, doom,Ζεὺς.. οἶδε, ὁπποτέρῳ θανάτοιο τ. πεπρωμένον ἐστί Il.3.309
;Κῆρες δὲ παρεστήκασι.., ἡ μὲν ἔχουσα τ. γήραος ἀργαλέου, ἡ δ' ἑτέρη θανάτοιο Mimn.2.6
; μήτηρ.. μέ φησι διχθαδίας Κῆρας φερέμεν θανάτοιο τέλος δέ (or τέλοσδε) Il.9.411, cf. 13.602; ἐξέφυγον θανάτου τ. Archil.6.3;τ. θανάτου ἀλεείνων Od.5.326
;τ. θανάτοιο κάλυψεν Il.5.553
;οὐδέ κέ μ' ὦκα τ. θανάτοιο κιχείη 9.416
, cf. 11.451;ἡμετέρου θανάτοιο κακὸν τ., οἷον ἐτύχθη Od.24.124
, cf. A.Th. 906 (lyr.):—judicial decision,ἀμμενῶ τ. δίκης Id.Eu. 243
; κύριον μένει τ. ib. 544 (lyr.); οὐκ ἔχουσα τῆς δίκης τ. not having authority to decide the case, ib. 729; ἦ κἀπ' ἐμοὶ τρέποιτ' ἂν αἰτίας τ.; will you submit the decision of this case to me? ib. 434;τὸ τ. κρίνειν Pl.Lg. 768b
; τ. ἐπιθέτω τῇ δίκῃ ib. 767a, cf. 761e, 957b; decision of an assembly, A. Supp. 603, 624; of a king, Id.Ag. 934; ἐξαιτράπης ἐὼν Ἰωνίης, τ. ἐποίησε τὴν γῆν εἶναι Μιλησίων prob. in SIG134b30 (Milet., iv B.C.); ὥς τοι ἐγὼ μύθου τ. ἐν φρεσὶ θείω the summing up or crux of the matter, Il.16.83.5 something done or ordered to be done, task, service, duty, γνῶ.. ὅ οἱ οὔ τι τ. κατὰ καίριον ἦλθεν on no fatal errand, Il.11.439 (nisi leg. κατακαίριον); οὐδὲ μακύνων τ. οὐδέν Pi.P.4.286
; ὅσοις τοῦτ' ἐπέσταλται τ. A.Eu. 743, cf. Ag. 908; μ' Ἀπόλλων τῷδ' ἐπέστησεν τέλει ib. 1202, cf. Ch. 760; ἄυπνα ὀμμάτων τέλη the wakeful duties (or services) of the eyes, E.Supp. 1137 (lyr.); ἀμφοτερᾶν τοι χαρίτων.. ζεύξω τ. the rendering of both services, Pi.I.1.6; αἰτουμένῳ μοι κοῦφον εἰ δοίης τ. a small service or favour, A.Th. 260;ἡξῶ ναὶ τὸν Πᾶνα κακὸν τ. αὐτίκα δωσῶν Theoc.4.47
; obligation to render a service or payment, ὅτε δὴ μισθοῖο τ. πολυγηθέες ὧραι ἐξέφερον the Payment(-day) of the wage, Il.21.450;οἱ δ' ἐλάττω τῶν ἱκανῶν κεκτημένοι, τὴν ἀναγκαίαν ἀτέλειαν ἔχοντες, ἔξω τοῦ τ. εἰσὶ τούτου D.20.19
, cf. Poll.8.156; ἐν τέλει μαθεῖν to be taught for a fee, Id.4.46.6 pl., services or offerings due to the gods,δαίμοσιν θῦσαι θέλουσα πελανόν, ὧν τέλη τάδε A.Pers. 204
;ἔνθ' ὁρίζεται βωμοὺς τ. τ' ἔγκαρπα Κηναίῳ Διί S.Tr. 238
; ἔλιπον Ζηνὶ τροπαίῳ πάγχαλκα τ. Id.Ant. 143 (anap.);γῇ δὲ τῇδε Σισύφου σεμνὴν ἑορτὴν καὶ τέλη προσάψομεν E.Med. 1382
;θεοῖσι μικρὰ θύοντες τέλη Id.Fr.327.6
; of the Eleusinian mysteries, οὗ πότνιαι σεμνὰ τιθηνοῦνται τ. S.OC 1050 (lyr.), cf. Fr. 837;σεμνῶν ἐς ὄψιν καὶ τ. μυστηρίων E.Hipp.25
; called μεγάλα τ., Pl.R. 560e; rarely in sg., τοῦδε μυστικοῦ τέλους this mystic rite, A.Fr. 387; of the marriage rite,τ. γάμοιο Od.20.74
, cf.A.R.4.1202, AP6.276 (Antip.); γαμήλιον τ. A.Eu. 835; τὰ νυμφικὰ τ. S.Ant. 1241;τ. ὁ γάμος ἐκαλεῖτο Poll.3.38
, cf. Paus.Gr.Fr.306, Sch.Ar.Th. 982, Stob.2.7.3a.7 service rendered by a citizen in the Solonian constitution to the state, also his rating according to this service, θητικοῦ ἀντὶ τέλους ἱππάδ' ἀμειψάμενος Epigr. ap. Arist.Ath.7.4; τιμήματι διεῖλεν εἰς τέτταρα τ. four ratings or classes, ib.7.3; later, τὸ τῶν ἱππέων τ., Lat. ordo equester, D.C.48.45, al.8 dues exacted by the state, Ar.V. 658 (pl.), Pl.R. 425d (pl.); ἀγορᾶς τ. a market- toll, Ar.Ach. 896; πορνικὸν τ. Aeschin.1.119; τ. πρίασθαι, πωλεῖν, farm a tax or let it, D.24.144, Aeschin. l.c.; ἐκλέγειν. πράττειν, levy it, D.l.c., Alex.263.3, Aeschin.3.113; τελεῖν pay a tax or duty, Pl.Lg. 847b; εἰ τὰ τ. τελεῖ, ποῖον τ. τελεῖ, questions put to candidates at Athens, Din.2.17, Arist.Ath.7.4;τέλη κατατίθησιν Antipho 5.77
;καταβαλεῖν And.1.93
; freq. in Inscrr., IG12.46.12, al., SIG135.14 (Olynthus, iv B.C.), al., and Papyri, τὸ ὡρισμένον τῆς αἰτήσεως τ., etc., POxy.1473.30 (iii A.D.), cf. PCair.Zen.240.7 (iii B.C.), etc.: metaph., τέλη λύειν, v. λύω v. 2.9 financial means, expenditure, usu. in dat. pl., ὃς ἂν τοῖς ἰδίοις τ. μὴ ἑαυτὸν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν πόλιν ὠφελῇ by the use of his own means, Th.6.16; κακῶς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ποιούντων τέλεσι τοῖς οἰκείοις if we harm ourselves at our own expense, Id.4.60;ἀναγραψάτω.. τέλεσι τοῖς Λεωνίδου IG 12.56.22
, cf. 94.14, al.;Χερρόνησον τοῖς αὑτοῦ τ. διορύξει D.6.30
;δημοσίοις τέλεσι Plu.Phoc.38
: in nom. sg., μάτην γὰρ οἴκῳ σὸν τόδ' ἐκβαίη τ. E.Fr. 639.10 a military station or post with defined duties (cf. signf. 5), ἐλθεῖν εἰς φυλάκων ἱερὸν τ. Il.10.56; αἶψα δ' ἐπὶ Θρῃκῶν ἀνδρῶν τ. ἷξον ἰόντες ib. 470; δόρπον ἔπειθ' ἑλόμεσθα κατὰ στρατὸν ἐν τελέεσσιν at our posts, in the ranks, 11.730, cf. 18.298; later, military unit, division, squadron,τέλει ἑνὶ τῶν ἱππέων Th.2.22
, cf. 4.96;πελταστῶν τέλη E.Rh. 311
;κατὰ τέλεα Hdt.1.103
, 7.87, al.;κατὰ τέλη Th.6.42
, Plb.11.11.6, cf. 11.15.2, Polyaen.2.1.17; in the Roman army, legion, J.AJ14.16.2, BJ1.17.9, Plu.Ant.18.56, App.BC5.87, al.II δίρρυμά τε καὶ τρίρρυμα τέλη troops or columns of.. chariots, A.Pers.47 (anap.); of ships,τρία τ. ποιήσαντες τῶν νεῶν Th.1.48
: also ὀρνίθων τέλεα flocks of birds, v.l. for γένεα, Hdt.2.64;τ. ἀθανάτων A.Fr. 151
(anap.).12 a territorial division, Στρατικὸν τ. SIG421.44 (Acarnania, iii B.C.); Κορωνείων τὸ τ. Supp.Epigr.3.354 (Thebes, iii B.C.); τὸ Λοκρικὸν τ. GDI2070 (Delph., ii B.C.).II degree of completion or attainment,τόσσον μὲν ἔχον τ., οὔατα δ' οὔ πω.. προσέκειτο Il.18.378
; degree of maturity, age,ἐπὴν δὴ τοῦτο τ. παραμείψεται ὥρης Mimn.2.9
;ἥβης πρὶν τ. ἄκρον ἰδεῖν Simon.123
;ἥβης τ. μολόντας E.Med. 920
; εἰς ἀνδρὸς τ. ἰέναι man's estate, Pl.Mx. 249a;εἰς πρεσβύτου τ. ἀφικομένοις Id.Epin. 992d
;τὸ τῶν παίδων τ. ἄδηλον οἷ τελευτᾷ κακίας καὶ ἀρετῆς ψυχῆς τε πέρι καὶ σώματος Id.Smp. 181e
;οὐδὲ γήρως ἔβας τ. σὺν τᾷδε E.Alc. 413
(lyr.).b a length of time (or space), term, course, ἀρετάς, αἷσι Κλεωνυμίδαι θάλλοντες αἰεὶ σὺν θεῷ θνατὸν διέρχονται βιότου τ. Pi.I.4(3).5(23); so perh. in E.Hipp.87 (v. infr. 3), and in διὰ τέλους (v. infr. 2 c).2 state of completion or maturity, τ. λαβεῖν, ἔχειν, of plants or animals, to attain maturity, Pl.Phdr. 276b, Lg. 834c, cf. 899e: hence, completion, end, finish, τ. ἐπιθεῖναι τῷ λόγῳ complete it, Id.Smp. 186a, cf. Prt. 348a; ὃ πᾶσι τοῖς προτέροις ἐπ έθηκε τ. as a finish to all his former acts, D.18.140;τὸ τ. τῆς σκηνῆς ἐποιήσαντο X.Cyr.2.3.24
;ταύτης.. τῆς ἡμέρας τοῦτο τὸ τ. ἐγένετο Id.An.1.10.18
; τ. λαβεῖν to be completed, Pl.R. 501e, Isoc.4.5;τ. ἔχειν Pl.Lg. 772c
; οὐ τ. ἵκεο μύθων didst not reach the end of thy speech, Il.9.56;ἐπὶ τέλους τοῦ δρόμου Pl.R. 613d
; (ii B.C.); (ii B.C.), cf. BGU1816.11 (i B.C.);ἡ εἰκοστὴ τοῦ νοσήματος ἡμέρα τ. μὲν τριῶν ἑβδομάδων, ἓξ δὲ τετράδων Gal.18(2).234
:—freq. in Adverbial phrases:a τέλος at last,ὥστε τ. ἡσυχίαν ἦγον Th.2.100
, cf. 5.46; but most freq. at the beginning of the clause,μάχης δὲ καρτερῆς γενομένης, τέλος οὐδέτεροι νικήσαντες διέστησαν Hdt.1.76
, cf.4.131, al.;τέλος δέ Id.1.36
, Thgn. 1294, etc.; ἀλλὰ τ. Hdt.6.137;τ. μέντοι Id.5.89
, X.HG5.4.30;τ. γε μέντοι S.Ant. 233
; καὶ τ. Hdt.4.154, Th.1.109; τό γε τ. Pl.Lg. 740e.b < ἐς τ. in the end, in the long run,πάντως ἐς τ. ἐξεφάνη Sol.13.28
, cf. Hdt.9.37; εἰς τ. S.Ph. 409;θνητῶν δ' εἰς τ. ὄλβιος οὐδείς E.IA 161
(anap.), cf. Hdt.3.40; ὁρῶντες τὴν Λιβύην εἰς τ. ἀβλαβῆ διαμένουσαν altogether, completely, Plb.1.20.7, cf. PTeb.38.11 (ii B.C.), OGI90.12 (Rosetta, ii B.C.), PSI10.1120.5 (i B.C./i A.D.); ἐς τ. ἄνυε μοίρας dub. l. in Theoc.1.93.c διὰ τέλους (orig. perh. from signf. 1.1 or 5, or 11.1b, through the (whole) performance or time), through to the end, completely, A.Pr. 275, S.Aj. 685, E.Supp. 270, Isoc.5.24, 8.17, 19.4; throughout, all the time, always, Antipho 5.42, Timocl.8.5, Hegesipp.Com.2.3; soδιὰ τέλεος Hp.Acut.46
(= διὰ παντὸς καὶ ἀεί acc. to Gal.15.618);διὰ τέλους ἀεί Pl.Phlb. 36e
; permanently, for good, τοῦ ἀφεθῆναί σε διὰ τ. PPetr.2p.45 (iii B.C.).e τέλει perh. in the end, S.OT 198 (lyr.).3 esp. τ. ἔχειν βίου to have reached the end of life, to be dead, Pl.Lg. 801e;ἐμοὶ μὲν τοῦ βίου τὸ τ. ἤδη πάρεστιν X.Cyr.8.7.6
;πᾶσίν ἐστιν ἀνθρώποις τ. τοῦ βίου θάνατος D.57.27
;εἰς τ. τοῦ ζῆν ἀφικνεῖσθαι S.OC 1530
: less freq. abs., death,ἐλπίς ἐστι νύκτερον τ. μολεῖν A.Th. 367
(lyr.);οἱ νεηνίαι οὐκέτι ἀνέστησαν ἀλλ' ἐν τέλεϊ τούτῳ ἔσχοντο Hdt.1.31
; ἔχει τὸ κάλλιστον τ. X.Cyr.7.3.11; ἔχει τ., = τετελεύτηκε, Laconian phrase acc. to Hsch.;τῶν ἤδη τ. ἐχόντων Pl.Lg. 717e
, cf. 772c, BGU1857.7 (i B.C.); reversely,τ. ἔχει τινά Pl.Lg. 740c
;οἷόν σε βίου τ. εἷλε E.Rh. 735
(anap.):—but ὀλβίως ἔλυσεν τὸ τ. βίου has paid life's toll (cf. supr.1.8), S.OC 1720 (lyr.); τὸ τ. ὁ χρόνος ἀπαιτεῖ Poet. in Mus.Script.p.452 von Jan; alsoτ. δὲ κάμψαιμ' ὥσπερ ἠρξάμην βίου E.Hipp.87
(cf. supr. 11.1b); πρὶν ἂν πέλας (v.l. τέλος)γραμμῆς ἵκηται καὶ τ. κάμψῃ βίου Id.El. 955
-6.4 end, cessation, ὡς δὲ πρὸς τ. γόων ἀφίκοντ' S.OC 1621; πῶς τροχηλάτου μανίας ἂν ἔλθοιμ' ἐς τ. πόνων τ' ἐμῶν; E.IT83; ὅταν δὴ πημάτων λάβῃ τ. Id.Hel. 534;τ. δέχει δὴ τῶν ἐμῶν προσφθεγμά των Id.Hec. 413
;ἡ μὲν οὖν ἐπανάστασις.. τοῦτο τὸ τ. ἔσχεν Hell.Oxy.10.3
;ἐπειδὴ οὐχ οἷόν τε εἰς ἄπειρον, τ. ἔσται πάσης φορᾶς Arist.Metaph.
1074a30.5 end of a word, A.D.Pron.12.25, al.; of a sentence,ἐπὶ τέλει πρόσκειται Sor.1.43
, cf. Gal.15.20; of a chapter or book,ἐπὶ τέλει ἀναλυθήσεται Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.4
, cf. Gal.15.10;πρὸς τῷ τ. ῥηθήσεται Pl.Lg. 957b
;πρὸς τῷ τ. τοῦ ἐντέρου Arist.PA 675a16
; ἀπὸ τέλους τοῦ σταδίου, opp. ἀπὸ μέσου, Id.Ph. 239b34 (cf. infr. 111.2).III achievement, attainment,τηλοῦ ἐμοὶ νόστοιο τ. γλυκεροῖο γενέσθαι Od.22.323
, cf. Pi.N.3.25;τ. δὲ τῆς ἀπαλλαγῆς τοῦ Αἰθίοπος ὧδε ἔλεγον γενέσθαι Hdt.2.139
; πῶς ἂν καὶ τοῦτο τοῦ τ. τυγχάνοι, i.e. might be achieved, Gem.8.36.2 winning-post, goal in a race,πρὸς τ. ὀρνύμενον B.5.45
; in a contest,ἔστιν δ' ἀφάνεια τύχας καὶ μαρναμένων, πρὶν τ. ἄκρον ἱκέσθαι Pi.I.4(3).32(50)
; εἰς τ. ἐλθεῖν, of runners in a race, Pl.R. 613c.b prize, ἔφερε πυγμᾶς τ. Pi.O.10(11).67; οὐ γὰρ ἦν πενταέθλιον ἀλλ' ἐφ' ἑκάστῳ ἔργματι κεῖτο τ. Id.I.1.27;ποτὶ γραμμᾷ μὲν αὐτὰν στᾶσεκοσμήσαις, τ. ἔμμεν ἄκρον Id.P.9.118
(perh. 'to be the winning post and prize');κρίνεις τ. ἀρετᾶς B.10.6
: metaph.,οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν τίνι τοῦτο Μοῖρα τ. ἔμπεδον ὤρεξε Pi.N.7.57
.3 Philos., full realization, highest point. ideal, ἅπτεσθαι τοῦ τ. Pl.Smp. 211b; πρὸς τ. ἰὼν τῶν ἐρωτικῶν ib. 210e;πρὸς τ. ἀρετῆς ἐλθόντα Id.Clit. 410e
, cf. R. 613c.b the end or purpose of action,τ. εἶναι ἁπασῶν τῶν πράξεων τὸ ἀγαθόν Id.Grg. 499e
; freq. in Arist., EN 1094a18, al.: hence, the final cause, = τὸ οὗ ἕνεκα, Id.Metaph. 994b9, 996a26, al.; hence simply = τὸ ἀγαθόν, the chief good, Id.EN 1097a21, Zeno Stoic.1.45, etc. -
17 φανερός
A visible, manifest, ἡ στήλη ἔχει πάντα φ., i.e. all that is in it can be plainly seen, Hdt.3.24;φ. ὄμμασιν ἐμοῖς E.Ba. 501
;φ. τι δεῖξαι S.Tr. 608
(v.l.);θήσω φανέρ' ἀθρό' Pi.O.13.98
;φ. ποιῆσαι Pl.Lg. 630b
, etc.;ἐς φ. ὄψιν βαίνειν E.El. 1236
(anap.);τοὔργον παρέσται φ. S.Ph. 1291
;φ. χαρακτὴρ ἀρετᾶς E.HF 658
(lyr.);φ. πηγαί Th.2.15
;ἐσβολαὶ ἐς Αἴγυπτον Hdt. 3.5
;φ. ἔχθραν κτήσασθαι Th.1.42
; διαφορὰ φ. ἐγένετο ib. 102; φ. θάνατος, ὄλεθρος, opp. ἀφανής, Antipho 3.3.7, And.1.53;φ. ὑποψία εἰς ἐμὲ ἰοῦσα Antipho 2.2.6
;φ. γενόμενος
if detected,Lys.
7.12:— Constr.: φανερός εἰμι c. part., ἀπικόμενοι φανεροί εἰσι they are known to have come, Hdt.3.26;ἐπισπεύδων φανερὸς ἦν Id.7.18
;ὁ μέν ἐστι φ. ἐκβὰς ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου καὶ οὐκ εἰσβὰς πάλιν Antipho 5.23
: folld. by Conj.,φανεροὶ γιγνόμενοι ὅτι ποιοῦσιν X.Cyr.2.2.12
;φ. ἦν ὅπως ἐγίγνωσκεν Id.Mem.1.1.17
: impers., φανερόν [ἐστιν] ὅτι .. ib.3.9.2; εἰ φανερὸν γίγνοιτο ὅτι .. Pl.Phd. 70d.2 shining, illustrious,προεδρίη Xenoph.2.7
;ὁδός Pi.O.6.73
; conspicuous, remarkable,φ. μηδὲν κατεργάζεσθαι Th.1.17
.b property in possession (opp. in action), And.1.118, Is.6.30, D.38.7.c in hand, in cash, μηδὲν φανερὸν κεκτῆσθαι to have no cash in hand, Din.1.70;λαβὼν ἀργύριον φ. καὶ ὁμολογούμενον D.56.1
;πόρος φ. Id.14.24
;φ. οὐσία Id.27.57
;φ. χρήματα Lys.12.83
;φ. ποιεῖν D.28.4
; φανερόν τι a certain sum of money, Sch.Ar.Pl. 330, Sch.Aeschin.1.102.4 of votes, φ. ψήφῳ by open vote, opp. κρύβδην (ballot), D.43.82, cf. Arist.Ath.68.2;ψῆφον φ. διενεγκεῖν Th.4.74
;τὴν ψῆφον φ. φέρειν Pl.Lg. 767d
; φ. ἡ ψῆφος τιθεμένη ib. 855d.5 Adv. - ρῶς openly, manifestly,βουλόμενος φ. Hdt.9.71
; (anap.); (lyr.); (anap.);ἀποδείκνυσθαι τὴν γνώμην Th.1.87
; φ. ἐρᾶν, opp. λάθρᾳ, Pl.Smp. 182d;τὸ φ. ἐξεῖναι Isoc.2.3
: [comp] Comp.,φανερώτερον ἐκπολεμεῖν Th.6.91
; : but,b τὸ φ. freq. with Preps. in advb. sense,ἐκ τοῦ φ.
openly,Hdt.
5.96, 8.126; πολέμιος οὐκ ὢν ἐκ τοῦ φ. not openly declared, Th.4.79;ἐκ τοῦ φ. τὴν μάχην ποιεῖσθαι X.HG6.5.16
;ἐκ τοῦ φ. ἀποφεύγειν Id.Mem.3.11.8
;ἀπὸ τοῦ φ. D.H.4.4
; alsoἐν τῷ φ. σαυτὸν παρεῖχες X.Cyr.7.5.55
;ἀκοῦσαι ἐν τῷ φ. Id.An.1.3.21
;βουλεύεσθαι D.18.235
(rarelyἐν φ. X.Ages.5.7
);ἐς τὸ φ. ἀποδῦναι Th.1.6
; αἱ ἐς τὸ φ. λεγόμεναι αἰτίαι, Id.1.23; τὸν σῖτον φέρειν ἐς τὸ φ. into public, Id.3.27, cf. Pl.Grg. 480c, etc.;εἰπεῖν κατὰ τὸ φ. Ar.Th. 525
(lyr.); ἐπὶ φανεροῖς ξυνελθεῖν on public, acknowledged terms, Th.1.69.II of persons, manifest, conspicuous,εἰ [Διόνυσος καὶ Πὰν] φ. ἐγένοντο ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι Hdt.2.146
;φανερὰ.. ἦλθε κόρα S.OT 507
(lyr.);Κύπρις.. φανερὰ τῶνδ ἐφάνη πράκτωρ Id.Tr. 861
(lyr.);πάντων -ώτατος Βρασίδας ἐγένετο Th.4.11
, cf. X.Cyr.7.5.58; persons of distinction,Philostr.
VA2.20.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > φανερός
-
18 ἰύζω
Grammatical information: v.Meaning: `cry aloud, howl' (Il.)Other forms: Aor. ἰύξαι (Pi. P. 4, 237). Also ἀν-ιύζω (Q. S.). Cf. ἀβιυκτον (cod. - ηκτον) ἐφ' οὗ οὐκ ἐγένετο βοη ἀπολλυμένου H., and ἐκβιούζει θρηνεῖ μετὰ κραυγῆς H. (DELG explains the F as analogy after ἰάχω, which seems unnecessarily complicated (s. below).Derivatives: ἰυγή (Orac. ap. Hdt. 9, 43, S., Nic.), ἰυγμός (Σ 572, A., E.) `crying', also ἰύγματα pl. `id.' (A. Dict. in PSI 11, 1209, 17); ἰύκτης m. `howler, flutist', only in ἰύκτᾰ (Theoc. 8, 30; after ἠπύτα, ἠχέτα, Fraenkel Nom. ag. 1, 223). With secondary nasalization ἰυγκτόν τορόν [`piercing'] and ἰυγγοδρομεῖν ἐκβοηθεῖν. Βοιωτοί H. (after βοηδρομεῖν; false for ἰυγο- ?); also Ίυγγίης Διόνυσος H. with Ίύγγιος Thess. month-name; details in E. Kretschmer Glotta 18, 98.Origin: PG [a word of Pre-Greek origin]Etymology: On ἴυγξ s. v. Verbalized interjection, cf. ἰΰ (Hdn. Gr. 1, 506; or backformation form ἰύζω?). Also ἰού, ἰώ, ἰαῦ, but these may have had another initial (s. below). S. Schwyzer-Debrunner 600. (From the interjection also Ἴυος surname of Dionysos (Lycaonia; cf. Robinson AmJournArch. 31, 26ff., Wahrmann Glotta 19, 161). - The forms ἀβίυκτον (cod. - ηκτον) ἐφ' οὗ οὑκ ἐγένετο βοη ἀπολλυμένου (cf. Latte l. c.) and ἐκβιούζει θρηνεῖ μετὰ κραυγῆς H., point to *Ϝιύζω (s. above). Cf. Schulze Kl. Schr. 335. Fur. 277. - Further W.-Hofmann s. iūbilō, Pok. 514. S. also ἰβύ and 1. αὔω. - The word is typically Pre-Greek (e.g. the prenasalization; note the notation - βιουζει with ου).As Pre-Greek does not seem to know a sequence of two full vowels, I assume that it had (here initial) *wy-, a palatalized *w. See also on ἴυγξ.Page in Frisk: 1,744-745Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > ἰύζω
-
19 οἶκος
οἶκος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+)① houseⓐ lit.α. a dwelling Lk 11:17 (cp. πίπτω 1bβ); 12:39; 14:23 (unless οἶκ. means dining room here as Phryn. Com. [V B.C.] 66 Kock; X., Symp. 2, 18; Athen. 12, 54a); Ac 2:2; (w. ἀγροί, κτήματα) Hs 1:9. εἰς τὸν οἶκόν τινος into or to someone’s house (Judg 18:26) ἀπέρχεσθαι Mt 9:7; Mk 7:30; Lk 1:23; 5:25; εἰσέρχεσθαι Lk 1:40; 7:36; 8:41; Ac 11:12; 16:15b; ἔρχεσθαι Mk 5:38; καταβαίνειν Lk 18:14; πορεύεσθαι 5:24; ὑπάγειν Mt 9:6; Mk 2:11; 5:19; ὑποστρέφειν Lk 1:56; 8:39.—κατοικεῖν εἰς τὸν οἶκόν τινος live in someone’s house Hm 4, 4, 3; Hs 9, 1, 3. οἱ εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου the members of my household Lk 9:61. εἰς τὸν … οἶκον ἐγένετο χαρά AcPl Ha 6, 2.—εἰς τὸν οἶκον into the house; home: ἀνάγειν Ac 16:34. ἀπέρχεσθαι Hs 9, 11, 2. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 15:6. ὑπάγειν Hs 9, 11, 6. ὑποστρέφειν Lk 7:10.—εἰς τὸν οἶκον (w. ὐποδέχεσθαι) Lk 10:38 v.l. (s. οἰκία 1a).—εἰς οἶκόν τινος to someone’s house/home Mk 8:3, 26. εἰς οἶκόν τινος τῶν ἀρχόντων Lk 14:1 (on the absence of the art. s. B-D-F §259, 1; Rob. 792).—εἰς οἶκον home (Aeschyl., Soph.; Diod S 4, 2, 1): εἰσέρχεσθαι Mk 7:17; 9:28. ἔρχεσθαι 3:20.—ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου ἐκείνου Ac 19:16.—ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τινός in someone’s house Ac 7:20; 10:30; 11:13; Hs 6, 1, 1.—ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ in the house, at home J 11:20; Hv 5:1.—ἐν οἴκῳ at home (Strabo 13, 1, 38; UPZ 59, 5 [168 B.C.]; 74, 6; POxy 531, 3 [II A.D.]; 1 Km 19:9) Mk 2:1 (Goodsp., Probs. 52); 1 Cor 11:34; 14:35.—κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους εἰσπορεύεσθαι enter house after house Ac 8:3. κατʼ οἴκους (opp. δημοσίᾳ) from house to house i.e. in private 20:20. In the sing. κατʼ οἶκον (opp. ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ) in the various private homes (Jos., Ant. 4, 74; 163.—Diod S 17, 28, 4 κατʼ οἰκίαν ἀπολαύσαντες τῶν βρωτῶν=having enjoyed the food in their individual homes) 2:46; 5:42. ἡ κατʼ οἶκόν τινος ἐκκλησία the church in someone’s house Ro 16:5; 1 Cor 16:19; Col 4:15; Phlm 2 (s. ἐκκλησία 3bα; EJudge, The Social Pattern of Christian Groups in the First Century ’60; LWhite, House Churches: OEANE III 118–21 [lit.]). τὰ κατὰ τὸν οἶκον household affairs (Lucian, Abdic. 22) 1 Cl 1:3.β. house of any large building οἶκος τοῦ βασιλέως the king’s palace (Ael. Aristid. 32, 12 K.=12 p. 138 D.; 2 Km 11:8; 15:35; 3 Km 7:31; Jos., Ant. 9, 102) Mt 11:8. οἶκος ἐμπορίου (s. ἐμπόριον) J 2:16b. οἶκος προσευχῆς house of prayer Mt 21:13; Mk 11:17; Lk 19:46 (all three Is 56:7). οἶκ. φυλακῆς prison-house 14:7 (Is 42:7).—Esp. of God’s house (Herodas 1, 26 οἶκος τῆς θεοῦ [of Aphrodite]; IKosPH 8, 4 οἶκος τῶν θεῶν.—οἶκ. in ref. to temples as early as Eur., Phoen. 1372; Hdt. 8, 143; Pla., Phdr. 24e; ins [cp. SIG ind. IV οἶκος d; Thieme 31]; UPZ 79, 4 [II B.C.] ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τῷ Ἄμμωνος; POxy 1380, 3 [II A.D.]; LXX; New Docs 1, 6f; 31; 139) οἶκος τοῦ θεοῦ (Jos., Bell. 4, 281) Mt 12:4; Mk 2:26; Lk 6:4. Of the temple in Jerusalem (3 Km 7:31 ὁ οἶκος κυρίου; Just., D. 86, 6 al.) ὁ οἶκός μου Mt 21:13; Mk 11:17; Lk 19:46 (all three Is 56:7). ὁ οἶκ. τοῦ πατρός μου J 2:16a; cp. Ac 7:47, 49 (Is 66:1). Specif. of the temple building (Eupolem.: 723 fgm 2, 12 Jac. [in Eus., PE 9, 34, 14]; EpArist 88; 101) μεταξὺ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου καὶ τοῦ οἴκου between the altar and the temple building Lk 11:51. Of the heavenly sanctuary, in which Christ functions as high priest Hb 10:21 (sense bα is preferred by some here).γ. in a wider sense οἶκ. occasionally amounts to city (cp. the note on POxy 126, 4.—Jer 22:5; 12:7; TestLevi 10, 5 οἶκος … Ἰερους. κληθήσεται) Mt 23:38; Lk 13:35.ⓑ fig. (Philo, Cher. 52 ὦ ψυχή, δέον ἐν οἴκῳ θεοῦ παρθενεύεσθαι al.)α. of the Christian community as the spiritual temple of God ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες οἰκοδομεῖσθε οἶκος πνευματικός as living stones let yourselves be built up into a spiritual house 1 Pt 2:5 (ESelwyn, 1 Pt ’46, 286–91; JHElliott (s. end) 200–208). The tower, which Hermas uses as a symbol of the Christian community, is also called ὁ οἶκ. τοῦ θεοῦ: ἀποβάλλεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκ. τοῦ θ. Hs 9, 13, 9. Opp. εἰσέρχεσθαι εἰς τὸν οἶκ. τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 14, 1.—The foll. pass. are more difficult to classify; mng. 2 (the Christians as God’s family) is poss.: ὁ οἶκ. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Pt 4:17; ἐν οἴκῳ θεοῦ ἀναστρέφεσθαι ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 Ti 3:15.β. dwelling, habitation, of the human body (Just., D. 40, 1 τὸ πλάσμα … οἶκ. ἐγένετο τοῦ ἐμφυσήματος; Mel., P. 55, 402 τοῦ σαρκίνου οἴκου; Lucian, Gall. 17) as a habitation of hostile spirits Mt 12:44; Lk 11:24. Corresp. the gentiles are called an οἶκ. δαιμονίων 16:7.② household, family (Hom. et al.; Artem. 2, 68 p. 161, 11 μετὰ ὅλου τοῦ οἴκου; Ath. 3, 2 τὸν ὑμέτερον οἶκον) Lk 10:5; 19:9; Ac 10:2; 11:14; 16:31; 18:8. ὅλους οἴκους ἀνατρέπειν ruin whole families Tit 1:11 (cp. Gen 47:12 πᾶς ὁ οἶκος=‘the whole household’). ὁ Στεφανᾶ οἶκ. Stephanas and his family 1 Cor 1:16; ὁ Ὀνησιφόρου οἶκ. 2 Ti 1:16; 4:19. ὁ οἶκ. Ταουί̈ας ISm 13:2. Esp. freq. in Hermas: τὰ ἁμαρτήματα ὅλου τοῦ οἴκου σου the sins of your whole family Hv 1, 1, 9; cp. 1, 3, 1; 2, 3, 1; Hs 7:2. … σε καὶ τὸν οἶκ. σου v 1, 3, 2; cp. m 2:7; 5, 1, 7; Hs 7:5ff. W. τέκνα m 12, 3, 6; Hs 5, 3, 9. Cp. 1 Ti 3:4, 12 (on the subj. matter, Ocellus Luc. 47 τοὺς ἰδίους οἴκους κατὰ τρόπον οἰκονομήσουσι; Letter 58 of Apollonius of Tyana [Philostrat. I 362, 3]). ἡ τοῦ Ἐπιτρόπου σὺν ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτῆς καὶ τῶν τέκνων the (widow) of Epitropus together with all her household and that of her children IPol 8:2 (Sb 7912 [ins 136 A.D.] σὺν τῷ παντὶ οἴκῳ). ἀσπάζομαι τοὺς οἴκους τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου σὺν γυναιξὶ καὶ τέκνοις I greet the households of my brothers (in the faith), including their wives and children ISm 13:1. In a passage showing the influence of Num 12:7, Hb 3:2–6 contrasts the οἶκος of which Moses was a member and the οἶκος over which Christ presides (cp. SIG 22, 16f οἶκος βασιλέως; Thu 1, 129, 3 Xerxes to one ἐν ἡμετέρῳ οἴκῳ; sim. οἶκος of Augustus IGR I, 1109 [4 B.C.], cp. IV, 39b, 26 [27 B.C.]; s. MFlory, TAPA 126, ’96, 292 n. 20). Hence the words of vs. 6 οὗ (i.e. Χριστοῦ) οἶκός ἐσμεν ἡμεῖς whose household we are.—On Christians as God’s family s. also 1bα above. τοῦ ἰδίου οἴκ. προστῆναι manage one’s own household 1 Ti 3:4f; cp. vs. 12 and 5:4.—On management of an οἶκος s. X., Oeconomicus. On the general topic of family MRaepsaet-Charlier, La femme, la famille, la parenté à Rome: L’Antiquité Classique 62, ’93, 247–53.③ a whole clan or tribe of people descended fr. a common ancestor, house=descendants, nation, transf. sense fr. that of a single family (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 127 §531 οἴκοι μεγάλοι=famous families [of Caesar’s assassins]; Dionys. Byz. 53 p. 23, 1; LXX; Jos., Ant. 2, 202; 8, 111; SibOr 3, 167) ὁ οἶκ. Δαυίδ (3 Km 12:19; 13:2) Lk 1:27, 69 (on the probability of Semitic inscriptional evidence for the phrase ‘house of David’ s. articles pro and con in Bar 20/2, ’94, 26–39; 20/3, ’94, 30–37; 20/4, ’94, 54f; 20/6, ’94, 47; 21/2, ’95, 78f). ἐξ οἴκου καὶ πατριᾶς Δ. 2:4.—οἶκ. Ἰσραήλ Mt 10:6; 15:24; Ac 2:36; 7:42 (Am 5:25); Hb 8:10 (Jer 38:33); 1 Cl 8:3 (quot. of unknown orig.). AcPlCor 2:10. πᾶς οἶκ. Ἰσραήλ GJs 7:3 (Jer 9:25). ὁ οἶκ. Ἰς. combined w. ὁ οἶκ. Ἰούδα Hb 8:8 (Jer 38:31). οἶκ. Ἰακώβ (Ex 19:3; Is 2:5; Just., A I, 53, 4;, D. 135, 6) Lk 1:33; Ac 7:46. οἶκ. τοῦ Ἀμαλήκ 12:9.④ a house and what is in it, property, possessions, estate (Hom. et al.; s. also Hdt. 3, 53; Isaeus 7, 42; Pla., Lach. 185a; X., Oec. 1, 5; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 15 Jac.; Jos., Bell. 6, 282; Just., D. 139, 4) ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον καὶ ὅλον τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ over Egypt and over all his estate Ac 7:10 (cp. Gen 41:40; Artem. 4, 61 προέστη τοῦ παντὸς οἴκου).—S. the lit. on infant baptism, e.g. GDelling, Zur Taufe von ‘Häusern’ im Urchrist., NovT 7, ’65, 285–311=Studien zum NT ’70, 288–310.—JHElliott, A Home for the Homeless ’81. B. 133; 458. Schmidt, Syn. II 508–26. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
20 πρῶτος
πρῶτος, η, ον (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.).① pert. to being first in a sequence, inclusive of time, set (number), or space, first of several, but also when only two persons or things are involved (=πρότερος; exx. in Hdb. on J 1:15; Rdm.2 71f; Thackeray 183; s. also Mlt. 79; 245; B-D-F §62; Rob. 516; 662; and s. Mt 21:31 v.l.).ⓐ of time first, earliest, earlierα. as adj. ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ἡμέρας ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν Phil 1:5; cp. Ac 20:18 (on the absence of the art. [also Phil 1:5 v.l.] s. B-D-F §256; Rob. 793). ἡ πρώτη ἀπολογία 2 Ti 4:16 (MMeinertz, Worauf bezieht sich die πρώτη ἀπολογία 2 Ti 4:16?: Biblica 4, 1923, 390–94). ἡ πρ. διαθήκη Hb 9:15. τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα Rv 2:5. ἡ ἀνάστασις ἡ πρώτη 20:5f. ἡ πρώτη ὅρασις Hv 3, 10, 3; 3, 11, 2; 4. ἡ ἐκκλησία ἡ πρ. 2 Cl 14:1.—Subst. τὰ πρ. … τὰ ἔσχατα (Job 8:7): γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων Mt 12:45; cp. Lk 11:26; 2 Pt 2:20; Hv 1, 4, 2. οἱ πρῶτοι (those who came earlier, as Artem. 2, 9 p. 93, 19 those who appeared earlier) Mt 20:10; cp. vs. 8. ἀπέστειλεν ἄλλους δούλους πλείονας τῶν πρώτων 21:36. Cp. 27:64. πρῶτος ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν the first to rise from the dead Ac 26:23. ὁ πρῶτος the first one J 5:4; 1 Cor 14:30. On the self-designation of the Risen Lord ὁ πρ. καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος Rv 1:17; 2:8; 22:13; s. ἔσχατος 2b (πρ. of God: Is 44:6; 48:12).—As a predicate adj., where an adv. can be used in English (ParJer 1:8 εἰ μὴ ἐγὼ πρῶτος ἀνοίξω τὰς πύλας; B-D-F §243; Rob. 657), as the first one = first ἦλθεν πρῶτος he was the first one to come = he came first J 20:4; cp. vs. 8. πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει Ro 10:19. Ἀβραὰμ πρῶτος περιτομὴν δούς Abraham was the first to practice circumcision B 9:7. οἱ ἄγγελοι οἱ πρῶτοι κτισθέντες the angels who were created first Hv 3, 4, 1; Hs 5, 5, 3.—1 Ti 2:13; 1J 4:19; AcPlCor 2:9.—ἐν ἐμοὶ πρώτῳ in me as the first 1 Ti 1:16.—Used w. a gen. of comparison (Ocelus Luc. 3 ἐκεῖνο πρῶτον τοῦ παντός ἐστιν=prior to the All; Manetho 1, 329; Athen. 14, 28 p. 630c codd.) πρῶτός μου ἦν he was earlier than I = before me J 1:15, 30 (PGM 13, 543 σοῦ πρῶτός εἰμι.—Also Ep. 12 of Apollonius of Tyana: Philostrat. I p. 348, 30 τὸ τῇ τάξει δεύτερον οὐδέποτε τῇ φύσει πρῶτον). So perh. also ἐμὲ πρῶτον ὑμῶν μεμίσηκεν 15:18 (s. β below) and πάντων πρώτη ἐκτίσθη Hv 2, 4, 1.—As a rule the later element is of the same general nature as the one that precedes it. But it can also be someth. quite different, even its exact opposite: τὴν πρώτην πίστιν ἠθέτησαν 1 Ti 5:12. τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες Rv 2:4.—Used elliptically ἡ πρώτη (i.e. ἡμέρα sim. Polyb. 5, 19, 1; 18, 27, 2 τῇ πρώτῃ) τῶν ἀζύμων Mt 26:17. πρώτῃ σαββάτου on the first day of the week Mk 16:9. In some of the passages mentioned above the idea of sequence could be predom.β. the neuter πρῶτον as adv., of time first, in the first place, before, earlier, to begin with (Peripl. Eryth. 4; Chariton 8, 2, 4; ApcEsdr 3:11; Just., D. 2, 4) πρῶτον πάντων first of all Hv 5:5a. ἐπίτρεψόν μοι πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι let me first go and bury Mt 8:21. συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια gather the weeds first 13:30. Cp. 17:10, 11 v.l.; Mk 7:27; 9:11f; 13:10; Lk 9:59, 61; 12:1 ( first Jesus speaks to his disciples, and only then [vs. 15] to the people. If one prefers to take πρ. w. what follows, as is poss., it has mng. 2a); 14:28, 31; J 7:51; 18:13; Ac 26:20; Ro 15:24 al. in NT; B 15:7; Hv 3, 1, 8; 3, 6, 7; 3, 8, 11; 5:5b. τότε πρῶτον then for the first time Ac 11:26 D. πρῶτον … καὶ τότε first … and then (Sir 11:7; Jos., Ant. 13, 187) Mt 5:24; 7:5; 12:29; Mk 3:27; Lk 6:42; IEph 7:2. τότε is correlative w. πρῶτον without καί J 2:10 v.l. Likew. πρῶτον … εἶτα (εἶτεν) first … then (Just., D. 33, 2 al.; s. εἶτα 1) Mk 4:28; 1 Ti 3:10; B 6:17. πρῶτον … ἔπειτα (ἔπειτα 2) 1 Cor 15:46; 1 Th 4:16. πρῶτον … μετὰ ταῦτα Mk 16:9, s. vs. 12. πρῶτον … εἶτα … μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Cl 23:4; 2 Cl 11:3 (in both cases the same prophetic saying of unknown origin). πρῶτον … ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ Ac 7:12.—Pleonastically πρῶτον πρὸ τοῦ ἀρίστου Lk 11:38.—W. gen. (Chariton 5, 4, 9 cod. πρῶτον τ. λόγων=before it comes to words) ἐμὲ πρῶτον ὑμῶν μεμίσηκεν it hated me before ( it hated) you J 15:18 (but s. 1aα).—W. the art. τὸ πρῶτον (Hom. et al.; Jos., Ant. 8, 402; 14, 205) the first time J 10:40; 19:39; at first (Diod S 1, 85, 2; Jos., Ant. 2, 340) 12:16; 2 Cl 9:5. τὰ πρῶτα (Hom. et al.; Appian, Syr. 15 §64; Ps.-Phoc. 8) the first time, at first MPol 8:2.ⓑ of number or sequence (the area within which this sense is valid cannot be marked off w. certainty from the area 1aα)α. as adj. Mt 21:28; 22:25; Mk 12:20; Lk 14:18; 16:5; 19:16; 20:29; J 19:32; Ac 12:10; 13:33 v.l.; Rv 4:7; 8:7; 21:19; Hs 9, 1, 5. τὸ πρῶτον … τὸ δεύτερον (Alex. Aphr., An. p. 28, 9 Br.) Hb 10:9. On πρώτης τῆς μερίδος Μακεδονίας πόλις Ac 16:12 s. μερίς 1 and RAscough, NTS 44, ’98, 93–103.—Since πρῶτος can stand for πρότερος (s. 1 at beg.; also Mlt-Turner 32), it by no means follows from τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον Ac 1:1 that the writer of Luke and of Ac must have planned to write a third book (Zahn, NKZ 28, 1917, 373ff, Comm. 1919, 16ff holds that he planned to write a third volume; against this view s. EGoodspeed, Introd. to the NT ’37, 189; Haenchen, et al.—Athenaeus 15, 701c mentions the first of Clearchus’ two books on proverbs with the words ἐν τῷ προτέρῳ περὶ παροιμιῶν, but 10, 457c with ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ περὶ παροιμιῶν. Diod S 1, 42, 1 the first half of a two-part work is called ἡ πρώτη βίβλος and 3, 1, 1 mentions a division into πρώτη and δευτέρα βίβ. In 13, 103, 3 the designation for the first of two works varies between ἡ πρώτη σύνταξις and ἡ προτέρα ς. See Haenchen on Ac 1:1).—πρῶτος is also used without any thought that the series must continue: τὸν πρῶτον ἰχθύν the very first fish Mt 17:27. αὕτη ἀπογραφὴ πρώτη ἐγένετο Lk 2:2, likewise, does not look forward in the direction of additional censuses, but back to a time when there were none at all (Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 227 D. παράκλησις αὕτη [=challenge to a sea-fight] πρώτη ἐγένετο; for interpolation theory s. JWinandy, RB 104, ’97, 372–77; cp. BPearson, CBQ, ’99, 262--82).—τὰ τείχη τὰ πρῶτα Hs 8, 6, 6 does not contrast the ‘first walls’ w. other walls; rather it distinguishes the only walls in the picture (Hs 8, 7, 3; 8, 8, 3) as one edifice, from the tower as the other edifice.β. adv., the neuter πρῶτον of sequence in enumerations (not always clearly distinguished fr. sense 1aβ) first πρῶτον ἀποστόλους, δεύτερον προφήτας, τρίτον … 1 Cor 12:28 (Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 20 II, 10ff [II A.D.] τὸ πρ. … τὸ δεύτερον … τὸ τρίτον. Without the art. 480, 12ff [II A.D.]; Diod S 36, 7, 3; Tat. 40, 1). See Hb 7:2; Js 3:17.—Not infrequently Paul begins w. πρῶτον μέν without continuing the series, at least in form (B-D-F §447, 4; Rob. 1152. For πρ. without continuation s. Plat., Ep. 7, 337b, Plut., Mor. 87b; Jos., Ant. 1, 182; Ath. 27, 1 πρῶτα μέν) Ro 1:8; 3:2; 1 Cor 11:18. S. also 2 Cl 3:1.ⓒ of space outer, anterior σκηνὴ ἡ πρώτη the outer tent, i.e. the holy place Hb 9:2; cp. vss. 6, 8.② pert. to prominence, first, foremost, most important, most prominentⓐ adj.α. of things (Ocellus [II B.C.] 56 Harder [1926] πρώτη κ. μεγίστη φυλακή; Ael. Aristid. 23, 43 K.=42 p. 783 D.: πόλεις; Ezk 27:22; PsSol 17:43; χρυσίον τὸ πρῶτον τίμιον; JosAs 15:10) ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή Mt 22:38; cp. Mk 12:29. ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων vs. 28 (OLehmann, TU 73, ’59, 557–61 [rabb.]; CBurchard, ZNW 61, ’70, cites JosAs 15:10; 18:5). Without superl. force ἐντολὴ πρώτη ἐν ἐπαγγελίᾳ a commandment of great importance, with a promise attached Eph 6:2 (the usual transl. ‘first commandment w. a promise’ [NRSV, REB et al.] loses sight of the fact that Ex 20:4–6=Dt 5:8–10 has an implied promise of the same kind as the one in Ex 20:12=Dt 5:16. πρ. here is best taken in the same sense as in Mk 12:29 above). στολὴν τὴν πρώτην the special robe Lk 15:22 (JosAs 15:10).—ἐν πρώτοις among the first = most important things, i.e. as of first importance 1 Cor 15:3 (Pla., Pol. 522c ὸ̔ καὶ παντὶ ἐν πρώτοις ἀνάγκη μανθάνειν; Epict., Ench. 20; Mitt-Wilck I/2, 14 II, 9 ἐν πρώτοις ἐρωτῶ σε; Josh 9:2d).β. of persons (Dio Chrys. 19 [36], 35 πρ. καὶ μέγιστος θεός; TestAbr B 4 p. 108, 18 [Stone p. 64]; ApcSed 5:2; Jos., Ant. 15, 398; Just., A I, 60, 5 al. τὸν πρῶτον θεόν) ὸ̔ς ἂν θέλῃ ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι πρῶτος whoever wishes to be the first among you Mt 20:27; Mk 10:44; cp. 9:35. πρῶτος Σίμων Mt 10:2 is not meant to indicate the position of Simon in the list, since no other numbers follow, but to single him out as the most prominent of the twelve. W. gen. ὧν (=τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν) πρῶτός εἰμι 1 Ti 1:15. Pl. (οἱ) πρῶτοι in contrast to (οἱ) ἔσχατοι Mt 19:30; 20:16; Mk 9:35; 10:31; Lk 13:30; Ox 654, 25f (cp. GTh 4; sim. Sallust. 9 p. 16, 21f τοῖς ἐσχάτοις … τοῖς πρώτοις; s. ἔσχατος 2).—αἱ πρώται prominent women (in the phrase γυναικῶν τε τῶν πρώτων οὐκ ὀλίγαι) Ac 17:4 (s. New Docs 1, 72). οἱ πρῶτοι the most prominent men, the leading men w. gen. of place (Jos., Ant. 7, 230 τῆς χώρας) οἱ πρ. τῆς Γαλιλαίας Mk 6:21; cp. Ac 13:50 (in phrasing sim. to πολλὰς μὲν γυναῖκας εὐγενεῖς καὶ τῶν πρώτων ἀνδρῶν ἤισχυναν=‘they dishonored many well-born women as well as men of high station’ Theopomp.: 115 Fgm. 121 Jac. p. 563, 33f), or of a group (Strabo 13, 2, 3 οἱ πρ. τῶν φίλων; Jos., Ant. 20, 180) οἱ πρ. τοῦ λαοῦ (Jos., Ant. 11, 141) Lk 19:47; cp. Ac 25:2; 28:17. On ὁ πρῶτος τῆς νήσου vs. 7 (πρῶτος Μελιταίων IGR I, 512=IG XIV, 601; cp. CB I/2, 642 no. 535 ὁ πρῶτος ἐν τῇ πόλει; p. 660 no. 616; SEG XLI, 1345, 14f; cp. CIL X, 7495, 1; s. Hemer, Acts 153, n. 152; Warnecke, Romfahrt 119ff) s. Πόπλιος.ⓑ adv. πρῶτον of degree in the first place, above all, especially (Jos., Ant. 10, 213) ζητεῖτε πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν Mt 6:33. Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι Ro 1:16; cp. 2:9f.—Ac 3:26; 2 Pt 1:20; 3:3. Of the Macedonian Christians ἑαυτοὺς ἔδωκαν πρῶτον τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ ἡμῖν they gave themselves first of all to the Lord, and (then) to us 2 Cor 8:5. παρακαλῶ πρῶτον πάντων first of all I urge 1 Ti 2:1.—B. 939. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.
См. также в других словарях:
ἐγένετο — γίγνομαι come into a new state of being aor ind mid 3rd sg … Greek morphological index (Ελληνική μορφολογικούς δείκτες)
‘Υννις ἐξέπεσε, βελόνη δ’ οὖν ἐγένετο. — См. Променять шило на свайку … Большой толково-фразеологический словарь Михельсона (оригинальная орфография)
'γένεθ' — ἐγένετο , γίγνομαι come into a new state of being aor ind mid 3rd sg … Greek morphological index (Ελληνική μορφολογικούς δείκτες)
ἐγένεθ' — ἐγένετο , γίγνομαι come into a new state of being aor ind mid 3rd sg … Greek morphological index (Ελληνική μορφολογικούς δείκτες)
ἐγένετ' — ἐγένετο , γίγνομαι come into a new state of being aor ind mid 3rd sg … Greek morphological index (Ελληνική μορφολογικούς δείκτες)
ЕВАНГЕЛИЕ. ЧАСТЬ II — Язык Евангелий Проблема новозаветного греческого Дошедшие до нас оригинальные тексты НЗ написаны на древнегреч. языке (см. ст. Греческий язык); существующие версии на др. языках это переводы с греческого (или с др. переводов; о переводах… … Православная энциклопедия
Nicene Creed — Icon depicting Emperor Constantine (center) and the Fathers of the First Council of Nicaea of 325 as holding the Niceno–Constantinopolitan Creed of 381 The Nicene Creed (Latin: Symbolum Nicaenum) is the creed or profession of faith (Greek:… … Wikipedia
Koine Greek — Koine redirects here. For other uses, see Koine (disambiguation). History of the Greek language (see also: Greek alphabet) … Wikipedia
Im Anfang war das Wort — Epsilon Inhaltsverzeichnis 1 Ἐὰν ταῖς γλώσσαις τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαλῶ … Deutsch Wikipedia
In vino veritas — Epsilon Inhaltsverzeichnis 1 Ἐὰν ταῖς γλώσσαις τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαλῶ … Deutsch Wikipedia
Liste griechischer Phrasen/Epsilon — Epsilon Inhaltsverzeichnis … Deutsch Wikipedia
